+ All Categories
Home > Documents > TML TML Pam E-1007D · TML TML Pam E-1007D STRAIN GAUGES 2017 Precise & Flexible. 1 ... NDIS...

TML TML Pam E-1007D · TML TML Pam E-1007D STRAIN GAUGES 2017 Precise & Flexible. 1 ... NDIS...

Date post: 21-Jun-2018
Category:
Upload: duongtruc
View: 235 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
TML TML Pam E-1007D STRAIN GAUGES 2017 Precise & Flexible
Transcript

TML TML Pam E-1007D

STRAIN GAUGES 2017Precise & Flexible

1

Approval Certificate ISO9001 Design and manufacture of strain gauges, strain measuring equipment and transducers

INTRODUCTIONThis catalog presents the full range of TML standard strain gauges and associated products

including bonding adhesives and coating materials manufactured by Tokyo Sokki Kenkyujo Co., Ltd. TML is a registered trade mark of the company.

It also describes how to find specific strain gauges, introduces typical applications, and defines the most commonly used technical terms.

CHANGES IN SPECIFICATIONSIn the interest of product improvement, the specifications in this catalog are subject to change without prior notice.

DIMENSIONSDimensions are mainly given in milimeter. Strain gauge patterns are shown in actual size, with enlargements of some miniature patterns.

PRICESPrices are not listed in this catalog. For price information or orders, please contact TML or your local representative.

HANDLING STRAIN GAUGES1. The technical data supplied herein do not reflect the

influence of the leadwire. The data must be corrected in accordance with the effect caused by the leadwire.

2. The service temperature of a strain gauge depends on the operating temperature of the adhesive, etc.

3. Insulation resistance should be checked at a voltage of less than 50V.

4. Do not apply an excessive force to the gauge leads.5. Apply adhesive to the back of the strain gauge and attach

the gauge to the specimen.6. The back of each strain gauge has been washed and

degreased. Do not contaminate it by touching it directly.7. For maintaining quality, store products in a dry place.

HANDLING BONDING ADHESIVES AND COATING MATERIALS1. Read the operation manual carefully before using bonding

adhesives and coating materials.2. After using an adhesive, wipe all remaining adhesive off the

container and nozzle with a cloth, and replace the cap.3. After using an adhesive, put the container back in the

package and store it in a cool, dark place away from fire.4. If an adhesive contacts skin or clothing, wash well with soap

and water.

Prior to using the catalog, please check the information listed below.

If you have any questions about this catalog, please contact TML or your local representative.

2

TML STRAIN GAUGES

-20°C +80°C

+80°C+10°C

Operating temperature range

Temperature compensation range

About this TML STRAIN GAUGES

Compatible adhesive & Operating temperatureCN : 0 ~ +80°CP-2 : -20 ~ +80°C

This catalog presents the full range of TML standard strain gauges and associated products including bonding adhesives and coating materials manufactured by Tokyo Sokki Kenkyujo Co., Ltd.It also describes how to find specific strain gauges, introduces typical applications, and defines the most commonly used technical terms.

Each strain gauge series includes its operating temperature and temperature compensation range along with the bar images as shown right.

Each strain gauge series is available with different bonding adhesives. Operating temperature is given along with combination of applicable adhesive, while it may differ from potential temperature of the adhesive itself.

general

Each strain gauge series is designed for object materials. 14 different materials are shown with pictograms.

Stress measurement technologies are indispensable for ensuring the safety and efficiency of all kinds of structures. Since its founding in 1954, Tokyo Sokki Kenkyujo Co., Ltd. has been a specialized manufacturer of stress measur ing instruments inc luding st ra in gauges and re lated products. Throughout the history of more than 60 years, the company has striven to meet the needs of the times and to provide trustworthy products that can be used with full reliability.TML Strain Gauges are our main products,and we unveiled the world's first polyester strain gauge in 1956. This new gauge brought about a great improvement in the humidity resistance of gauge backings compared to the strain gauges with paper backings which were popular at that time. Since then, our var ious technologies represented by the development of foi l strain gauges and high temperature strain gauges have enabled reliable measurements under diverse conditions.

auto

3

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Testing and Inspection Standards

TML STRAIN GAUGE TESTING AND INSPECTION STANDARDS

¶ ASTM E251-74"Standard Test Methods for Performance Characteristics of Metallic Bonded Resistance Strain Gauges"Designation: E251-92, ASTM

¶ BSI BS6888"Methods for Calibration of Bonded Electric Resistance Strain Gauges"Draft for development 6:1972. BSI

¶ NAS942"Strain Gauges, Bonded Resistance"Classification Specification NAS 942, 1963

¶ VDE/VDI Richtlinen NR 2635"Bonded Electric Resistance Strain Gauges with Metallic Measurement Grids - Characteristics and Testing Conditions"VDE/VDI-Richtlinen NR 2635 August, 1974

¶ Other standardsJIS Z2300-91 - "Glossary of Terms Used in Nondestructive Testing", Japan Industrial StandardNDIS 4001:2008 - "Glossary of Terms Relating to Electric Resistance Strain Gauges", NDI, Japan

TML Strain gauges Testing and Inspection Standards

Principal standards used for strain gauge calibration and standard test methods

TML strain gauges are manufactured under a fully integrated system that covers all stages from development to tests and inspections, and the utmost attention is paid to quality management in all processes. Our strain gauges, which we manufacture in the cleanest environment using the best materials available, are tested and inspected according to international standards, most notably NAS942, the National Aerospace Standard.

¶ Visual and Microscopic InspectionsTML Inspection Procedures and Standards

¶ Gauge ResistanceTML Procedures and Inspection Standards

¶ Gauge FactorASTM E251, NAS942 and BS6888

¶ Transverse SensitivityASTM E251 and NAS942

¶ Temperature Coefficient of Gauge FactorASTM E251 and NAS942

¶ Thermal OutputASTM E251 and NAS942

¶ Strain Limits NAS942

¶ Fatigue LifeNAS 942

¶ Creep NAS942

¶ Drift NAS942

4

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TML Strain Gauge Applications ……………………………………………………………………………………5General Description ………………………………………………………………………………………………7Technical Terms ……………………………………………………………………………………………………9Strain Gauge Measurement ………………………………………………………………………………… 11Measuring method of strain and temperature ………………………………………………………………… 15TML Foil Strain Gauges F series GOBLET compliant to CE marking ……………………………………… 16Strain Gauge Bridge Circuit …………………………………………………………………………………… 17TML Strain Gauge Coding System/ Package Designation ………………………………………………… 21TML Strain Gauge Selection …………………………………………………………………………………… 25Primary Installation Bonding/Overcoating …………………………………………………………………… 31Strain Gauge Extension Leadwires …………………………………………………………………………… 33How are integral leadwires jointed……………………………………………………………………………… 35Strain Gauge Installation ……………………………………………………………………………………… 39Strain Gauge Tool Kit …………………………………………………………………………………………… 40Strain Gauge Users' Guide / Strain Gauge Performance Characteristics ………………………………… 40Combination use of strain gauges and dedicated leadwires ………………………………………………… 41General use strain gauges F series …………………………………………………………………………… 43General use strain gauges F series GOBLET compliant to CE marking ………………………………… 48Waterproof strain gauges WF series ………………………………………………………………………… 52High temperature strain gauges QF series …………………………………………………………………… 53High temperature strain gauges ZF series …………………………………………………………………… 55High temperature strain gauges EF series ………………………………………………………………… 56High and Low temperature strain gauges CEF series ……………………………………………………… 56Cryogenic temperature strain gauges CF series……………………………………………………………… 57Weldable strain gauges AW series …………………………………………………………………………… 59Spot Welder W-50RB ………………………………………………………………………………………… 64Concrete material use Bondable type P series, PF series ………………………………………………………………………… 65 Bondable type FLM/WFLM series, Embedment type PM series ……………………………………… 66  Embedment type PMF series ……………………………………………………………………………… 68Asphalt Pavement use Embedment type PMFLS series …………………………………………………………………………… 68 Concrete material use/Civil Engineering Strain Transducer KM series ……………………………………………………………………………… 69Asphalt pavement use/Civil Engineering Strain Transducer KM-HAS series ………………………………………………………………………… 70Composite materials use UBF series, BF series……………………………………………………………… 71Low elastic modulus materials use GF series ……………………………………………………………… 72Wood materials LF series, PFLW / PLW series ……………………………………………………………… 73Magnetic field strain gauges MF series ……………………………………………………………………… 74Post-Yield Strain gauges YEF series, YF series, YHF series ……………………………………………… 75High endurance Strain Gauges DSF series, One-side Strain Gauges DD series ……………………… 78Crack Detection Gauges FAC series, Stress Gauges SF series …………………………………………… 79Temperature Gauges TF series, Platinum RTD/ Thermocouple …………………………………………… 80Transducer-specific Strain Gauges …………………………………………………………………………… 81Bolt Strain Gauges BTM series, BTMC series ……………………………………………………………… 83Connecting Terminals …………………………………………………………………………………………… 85Strain Gauge Clamp Gauge Mate / Pressee ………………………………………………………………… 86Strain Gauge Adhesives ……………………………………………………………………………………… 87Coating Materials ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 89Gauge Protector, Coating Tape ………………………………………………………………………………… 91Frictional Axial Strain Transducer FGAH-1B series ………………………………………………………… 92Frictional Torque Sensor System FGDH series ……………………………………………………………… 93Frictional Strain Checker FGMH series ……………………………………………………………………… 95TML Strain Measuring Instruments …………………………………………………………………………… 97

Table of contents

5

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

TML STRAIN GAUGE APPLICATIONS

Miniature strain gauges

Shearing strain and torque measurements

Printed circuit boards and surface mounting parts of automobile, computers and industrial machinery are getting smaller. Miniature strain gauges can be installed in a very limited gauge installation space.

Shearing strains in 45-degree direction generated by shearing stress.

Strain gauges in the valley of gear

Strain gauges on printedcircuit board

10-element chain type strain gauges on bolt head

3-element residual stress measurement b y c e n t e r - h o l e drilling method

Internal strain measurement of concrete and mortar

Internal strain measurement of concrete for long term

Mold strain gauges

PM series

PMF series available wi th temperature sensor integrated

Full bridgeStrain TransducerKM series

Before p lacement of concrete, 3 KM trans-ducers are installed to reinforcing bars.

Concrete/Mortar measurementsSurface strain measurement of concrete and mortar

Strain Gauge with longer gauge length for concrete surface

Magnetic field use

Residual stress measurement

Strain Gauge single element and twisted leadwire

Strain Gauge 0°/45°/90° 3-element and FEP twisted leadwire

Strain measurement less influenced by EM noise between pantograph and trolley wire of electrified railway system

Strain Gauges with longer gauge length and metal backingfor concrete surface

Railway axle load measurement

6

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Bolt tensile force by emebedment type gauges

Frictional Strain Checker, Axial Strain Transducer, Torque Sensor System

Long term measurement

Weldable strain gaugesFor measurement of tensile strain in a bolt. Simply inserted into a pre-drilled hole in the bolt head together with bonding adhesive. BTM and BTMC gauge series are recommendable if an ordinary strain gauge cannot be mounted on the bolt surface. Accurate tensile force measurement is possible by calibrating the bolt after installing the bolt gauges.

High Endurance Strain Gauge bonded on composite materials

Composite materials on which High Endurance Strain Gauge DSF is bonded are demonstrated for fatigue test over 107 cycles at strain level of ±3,000 microstrain.

For construction measurement and maintenance.

TML STRAIN GAUGE APPLICATIONS

FBG Fiber-optic Strainmeter

Strain Checker FGMH series for single and 3-directional measurement. Re-usable with installation by magnet.

Torque Sensor System FGDH series applicable to driving shaft with split and cover-up system. With built-in telemetry transmitter, no wiring is required.

Split and cover-up system

Axial Strain Transducer FGAH series applicable to steerling shaft with cover-up systemDifferent from the above FGDH, wire connection is required.

• No effect by EM noise• Long distance measurement• Fiber branching due to WDM

techniques

Designed for Fiber Bragg Grating based strain gauges with optic fiber• Temperature-compensation available with our FBG sensor

7

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Strain gauges are generally used for one of three reasons:• To ascertain the amount of deformation caused by strain• To ascertain the stress caused by strain and the degree of safety

of a material or of a structural element that uses that material.• To indirectly ascer tain various physical quantit ies by

converting them to strain.There are a number of ways of measuring strain mechanically and electrically, but the vast majority of stress measurement is carried out using strain gauges due to their superior measurement characteristics.

P P

ΔL 2

ΔL 2

L

Volta

geou

tput

where ε : Strain measuredL : Original length of materialΔL :ChangeinlengthduetoforcePR : Gauge resistanceΔR :ResistancechangeduetostrainK : Gauge Factor as shown on package

ΔLΔR/Rε = = L K

R1

R2

R3R4

ExcitingVoltage

where ε : Strain L : Original length of materialΔL:ChangeinlengthduetoforceP

ΔLε = L

R1 R3˗R2 R4e = E (R1 + R2 )( R3 +R4 )where e : Voltage output E : Exciting voltage R1 : Gauge resistanceR2~R4 : Fixed resistance

ΔR e = E 4R + 2ΔR

When ΔR« R,ΔR Δe = E =

E Kε

4R 4

Example) when a material of 100mm long deforms by 0.1mm in its length, the resulting strain is as follows. ΔL0.1 ε= ==0.001=1000×10-6 L 100

End loops End loopsGauge Length

Gauge LeadGrid

Gauge Width

Cover film Gauge backing

Specimen

Gauge LeadAdhesive

Etched metallicresistance foil

Astraingaugeisconstructedbyformingagridmadeoffineelectric resistance wire or photographically etched metallic resistance foil on an electrical insulation base (backing), and attaching gauge leads.

Strain Gauge Configuration

Normally, this resistance change is very small and requires a Wheatstone bridge circuit to convert the small resistance change to a more easi ly measured voltage change.

What is a Strain Gauge?

When strain is generated in a measurement object, the strain is transferred to the resistance wire or foil of the strain gauge via the gauge base (backing). As a result, the wire or foil experiences a resistance change. This change is exactly proportional to the strain as in the equation below.

Strain Gauge Principles

The electric resistance of a metal changes proportionally to the mechanical deformation caused by an external force applied to the metal. By bonding a thin metal to a measurement object through a thin electrical insulator, the metal deforms depending on deformation of the measurement object and its electric resistance changes. The strain gauge (electric resistance strain gauge) is a sensor to measure the strain by means of measuring the resistance change.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

External force applied to an elastic material generates stress, which subsequently generates deformation in the material. At this time, the lengthof thematerialLextends toL+ΔL if theappliedforceisatensileforce.TheratioofΔLtoL,thatisΔL/L, is called strain. On the other hand, if a compressive force is applied,thelengthLisreducedtoL−ΔL.Strainatthistimeis(−ΔL/L).

What is Strain?

The voltage output of the circuit is given as follows.

Here, if R=R1=R2=R3=R4 the resistance of the strain gauge changes to R+ΔR due to strain. Thus, the output voltage Δe (variation) due to the strain is given as follows.

When measuring with a strain gauge, it is connected to an instrumentcalledastrainmeter.Thestrainmeterconfiguresa Wheatstone bridge circuit and supplies exciting voltage. Measured strain is indicatedon adigital display and/oroutput as analog signals.

8

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Measurement of principal strain and stress using 3-element rectangular rosette gauge

σε x = E νσεy = νεx = E

where σ : StressE : Elastic modulusεx : Strain in x directionεy : Strain in y directionν :Poisson'sratio

εx = εx' νεy' σx νσy = E E 1 =(σx νσy) E

εy = εy' νεx' σy νσx = E E 1 =(σy νσx) E

εy' : strain in the y direction due to σy

εx' : strain in the x direction due to σx

Plane Stress and StrainThe stress in a material balanced with an applied external force can be considered a combination of more than one simple stress. In other words, these stresses can be divided into simple stress in the respective axial directions; however, measurement with ordinary strain gauges is restricted to the plane strain. In case that the stress exists in uniaxial direction like tension of a bar illustrated below, the following equation are applicable.

Stress and strain under uni-stress condition

P

P

x

y

σ

ε

P

P' P'

P

x

y

σ

ε

Stress and strain under bi-stress condition

The biaxial stresses generated by pulling the bar in both normal and transversal directions are:

As noted from the above equations, in a certain direction, the maximum value of the resultant stress appears in the uniaxial diretion. The axial direction is called a principal direction of stress and the stress in that direction a principal stress. In this direction, the shearing stress is zero. The maximum value of shearing stress is generated in the direction of 45° against the principal direction of stress. It can also be applied to the strain. The strain in such a direction is called a principal strain.

When strain is generated in the surface of material and the principal direction of the strain and its extent are unknown, the principal strain, stress and their directions and shearing strain and stress can be obtained by measuring the strains in three directions over the surface. In order to simplify calculation, the relative angle in the three directions are determined as follows.

1st axis : ε12nd axis : ε2 at 90º position3rd axis : ε3 at 45º position

Maximum principal strain

Minimum principal strain

Maximum shearing strain

Angle from ε1 gauge to direction of principal strain

εmax=―[ ε1 + ε2 + √ 2 (ε1 −ε3 )2 + (ε2 −ε3 )2 ]

εmin=―[ ε1 + ε2 – √ 2 (ε1 −ε3 )2 + (ε2 −ε3 )2 ]

12

12

γmax = √ 2 (ε1 −ε3 )2 + (ε2 −ε3 )2

12θ=―tan –1 2ε3 – (ε1 + ε2 )

ε1 −ε2

If ɛ1>ɛ2, the angle to the maximum principal strain is rotated by θ clockwise from the 1st axis, and the minimum principalstrain is located at θ+90º. If ɛ1<ɛ2, the angle to the maximum principal strain is rotated by θ+90º clockwise from the 1st axis, and the minimum principal strain is located at θ.

Maximum principal stress

Minimum principal stress

Maximum shearing stress

σmax = (εmax + ν εmin)E1–ν2

E2 = [ + √ 2 (ε1 −ε3 )2 + (ε2 −ε3 )2 ]ε1 + ε2

1–ν 1 1+ν

σmin = (εmin + ν εmax)E1–ν2

E2 = [ – √ 2 (ε1 −ε3 )2 + (ε2 −ε3 )2 ]ε1 + ε2

1–ν 1 1+ν

τmax = γmaxE

2(1+ν)E

2(1+ν) = √ 2 (ε1 −ε3 )2 + (ε2 −ε3 )2

ε1

ε2

ε3

θ

– θ

NOTE: The above rosette analysis equations are based on the 3-element strain gauge shown in the diagram. When the order of the axis numbers is different or when the gauge is not a 90º rosette gauge, different equations must be used. Check theaxisnumbersofapplicablestraingaugebeforeperforming rosette analysis.

σx = (ε x + ν εy)E1–ν2

σy = (ε y + ν εx)E1–ν2

For the stress in other than the crossed biaxial directions, it is shown according to its angle as follows.

σnσx

σy

τ

τyx

τxy

σn =σx cos2θ + σy sin2θ +τxy sin2θ

= –(σx + σy )+ –(σx – σy )cos2θ+τxy sin2θ12

12

= –(σx – σy )sin2θ – τxy cosθ12

τθ

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

9

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

TECHNICAL TERMS

This dimension represents the actual grid length in the sensitive direction.

Gauge Length

Gauge ResistanceThe gauge resistance is the electrical resistance of an unbonded gauge at room temperature and subject to no externalstress.Thegaugeresistancegenerallyusedis120Ωbutgaugesarealsoproducedwithgaugeresistanceof60Ω,350Ωand1000Ω. High-resistancegaugesyield ahighbridge output when high voltages are applied but they are also susceptible to noise. The majority of the strain gauges used in the production of transducers have a gauge resistance of350Ω.

Gauge Factor

The amount shown in the following equation is called the gauge factor. In this equation, ε indicates the strain generated due to uniaxial stress in the direction of the strain gauge axis. ΔR/Rshowstheratioofresistancechangedueto strain ε.

where K : Gauge Factor ε : Mechanical strain R : Gauge ResistanceΔR:Resistancechange

ΔR/RK = ε

Longitudinal sensitivity is very similar to the gauge factor and refers to the sensitivity of the gauge when no strain is applied in the direction perpendicular to the gauge axis.

Longitudinal Sensitivity

The gauge also exhibits sensitivity in the direction per-pendicular to the axial direction. The amount shown in the following equation due to the uniaxial strain (εt) in the direction perpendicular to the gauge axis, and the resistance variation generated thereby, is called transverse sensitivity (Kt).

Transverse Sensitivity

where Kt : Transverse Sensitivity ε t : Uniaxial strain perpendicu- lar to the gauge axis

ΔR/RKt= ×100 ε t

This refers to the ratio of transverse sensitivity to longitudinal sensitivity. This is usually 1% or less and does not usually pose a problem except in high-precision measurement or in locations with biaxial strain.

Transverse Sensitivity Ratio

This refers to a temperature range in which the thermal output of a self-temperature compensated gauge should be within thegivenrange. Compensation isaccuratewithinapproximately±1.8×10-6 strain/°C. Forgreateraccuracy,corrections can be made using the curves for apparent strain vs. temperature which is supplied with each package of gauge.

Temperature Compensation Range

Thermal hysteresis refers to hysteresis that occurs in the heating or cooling cycle such that the respective cycles do not pass through the same point. Thermal hysteresis poses an ongoing problem in strain measurement where temperature

Thermal Hysteresis

When a strain gauge is bonded to a test specimen and strain is applied, resistance change for identical strain in increase and decrease processes may differ. This difference is referred to as hysteresis. Gauge hysteresis varies depending onfactorssuchasgridconfiguration,basematerial,adhesiveand temperature.

Gauge Hysteresis

This range is the temperature range within which a strain gauge can be used continuously under appropriate conditions. The figure below shows thermal output characteristics for Cu-NiandNi-Cralloysused for thesensingelements inTMLstraingauges. Most straingaugesuseCu-Nialloy,whileNi-Cralloyisusedinstraingaugeseriesthathaveawider operating temperature range.

Operating Temperature Range

Temperature °C

Ther

mal

out

put

At high temperature, effects such as thermal oxidation of the sensing elements in a strain gauge cause the zero point of the gauge in a no-load state to gradually drift. This is one of the characteristics thatdetermineastraingauge'sresistancetoheat. Above 200°C,Ni-CralloyperformsfarbetterthanCu-Nialloy,andalloyssuchasPt-Wareusedin500°Cto800°Cenvironments.

Gauge Zero Drift with Temperature

A change in the ambient temperature may cause a variation of strain gauge resistance. The variation is ascribable to the thermal expansion of both strain gauge material and specimen,togetherwiththethermalcoefficientofresistanceof the gauge material. Self-temperature compensated gauges are commonly used to minimize the gauge thermal output when bonded to test specimens having a specific linear thermal expansion coefficient in the specified temperature range. The following graph shows an example of thermal output.

Self-Temperature-Compensated Gauges

change occurs. This hysteresis must be removed by applying heat treatment to stabilize the characteristic of the strain gauge and the adhesive.

F

QF

ZF

CF Cu-Ni

Cu-Ni

Ni-Cr

Ni-Cr

-300 -200 -100 0 100 200 300

-196 150

20°C

300

200

100

0

-100

-200

-3000 50 100 150

+1.8×10-6 strain/°C

-1.8×10-6 strain/°C

Temperature °C

Indi

cate

d st

rain

(µm

/m)

10

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

TECHNICAL TERMS

The frequency response of a strain gauge is determined by the gauge length and the longitudinal elastic wave speed of the test specimen. Frequency response limits are typically only a concern under impact conditions.

Strain Gauge Frequency Response

Different gauge lengths should be selected depending on specimens. Gauges with short gauge lengths are used to measure local strain, while gauges with long lengths can be used to measure averaged strain over a larger area. For a heterogenous material, a gauge length is required that can average out irregular strain in the material. For example, as concrete is composed of cement and aggregate (gravel or sand, etc.) the length of a gauge used is more than three times the diameter of the aggregate so as to give an averaged evaluation of the concrete.

Gauge Length Selection

Fatigue Life

The strain limit is the maximum amount of strain under which a strain gauge can operate under a given condition without suffering damage. At TML, the strain limit is the smallest value of mechanical strain at which the indicated strain exceeds the mechanical strain by 10%.

Strain Limit

Thecurrentflowinginastraingaugeisrelatedtotheoutputvoltage of the gauge bridge, and the larger the current, the larger the voltage is obtained. However, depending upon thematerialofaspecimenandtheareaofthegauge,Joule'sheat is generated by the current to raise the temperature of gauge and as a result apparent strains are produced. In general, a current less than 30mA is recommended for metallic specimens and less than 10mA for wooden and plasticspecimenswhichdissipateheatlessefficiently.

Permissible Current (Permissible Voltage)

Gauge length (mm) 0.2 1 3 5 10 30 60Steel [kHz] 660 530 360 270 170 - -Concrete[kHz] - - - - 120 50 20

Gauge length (mm) Gauge Applications0.2 ~ 1 For stress concentration measurement

2 ~ 6 For metal and general use10 ~ 20 Formortar,wood,FRP,etc.30 ~ 120 For concrete

0 10 20

20

10

Indi

cate

d st

rain

(%)

Standard (Mechanical) strain (%)

General use strain gaugeF series : FLA-5-11

Post-YieldstraingaugeYFseries:YFLA-5

Indi

cate

d st

rain

(µm

/m)

Number of cycles

A bonded strain gauge subjected to a constant strain will give a decreasing indicated value as time progresses. This phenomenon is referred to as creep. In general, the shorter the gauge length, the greater the gauge creep becomes. Also, this tendency exhibits well if the strain gauge or adhesive absorbs moisture.

Gauge Creep

Indi

cate

d st

rain

Gauge creep

Gauge creep

Time

When strain is applied repeatedly to a strain gauge, as the amount of strain becomes large, the gauge resistance increases and disconnection or peeling-off of the gauge occurs to make the gauge useless. In general, the fatigue life is determined by the amount of applied strain and speed of cyclic loading and expressed by the number of repetitions. At TML, a constant mechanical strain is applied repeatedly to the bonded strain gauge and the fatigue life is indicated by the number of repetitions at which the indicated strainvaluewithoutloadexceeds100×10-6 strain. A typical calibration result is shown below. Even if the number of repetitions exceeds the specified life, the gauges will not necessarily fail. The fatigue life of most TML gauges under a cyclic strain of ±1,500 is between 106 and 107 cycles. Under cyclic strain of less than 500, the fatigue life of most gauges is infinite. Post-yieldstraingaugesshouldnotbesubjected to cycle loading at strain levels near their strain limit.

11

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

STRAIN GAUGE MEASUREMENT

Temperature compensation for leadwires in Quarter bridgeFor strain gauge measurement, the Wheatstone bridge circuit is used to convert resistance change of the strain gauge into voltage output. The simplest bridge method is a quarter bridge, where one arm is composed of the strain gauge while the other three arms are composed of fixed resistors in the instrument. A 2-wire leadwire may be used for connecting the strain gauge to the instrument. However, if the temperature of the leadwire changes, thermal output of the bridge is caused even if there is no change in actual strain. For this reason, the quarter bridge 2-wire method should be used only when temperature change is not expected during the measurement or for a dynamic measurement in which the thermal output can be disregarded. A quarter bridge 3-wire method is available as a mean to eliminate the thermal output of the leadwire, when a 3-wire leadwire is used for connection of the strain gauge. In this method, the influence of resistance change of the leadwire caused by temperature change is cancelled. In addition, the effect of the leadwire on gauge factor is half as large as that of the quarter bridge 2-wire method. The quarter bridge 3-wire method is recommended over the 2-wire method, especially when temperature change is expected during the measurement and/or comparatively long leadwires are used.Other bridge methods including half bridge and full bridge are also available. Refer to p.17~20 for details.

Bridge Circuit ConnectionQuarter bridgewith 2-wire

Quarter bridgewith 3-wire

Strain Gauge and leadwire connection

Paralleled 2-wireleadwire

B-C: Short circuit

Paralleled 3-wireleadwire

¶ Thermal output caused by temperature changeIn a quarter bridge 2-wire method, changes in leadwire temperature cause changes in the leadwire resistance, which result in thermal output. Use the equation below to compensate for this thermal output.               r・L・α・ΔT Leadwire thermal output ε L= K・(R + r・L) where ε L : Leadwire thermal output   K : Gauge factor indicated on the strain gauge package   α : Thermal coefficient of resistance of leadwire (3.9×10-3/°C for copper)   r : Total resistance of leadwire per 1 meter (Ω/m)   L : Leadwire length (m)  ΔT : Temperature change of leadwire (°C)Note) • Compensation is possible on condition that the temperature change

is uniform for whole length of the leadwire.• In a quarter bridge 3-wire method, compensation is not necessary

because the influence of change in leadwire resistance caused by temperature change is cancelled.

• Also our 1-Gauge 4-Wire Strain measuremet method does not require above correction because it is not influenced at all by the leadwire resistance. Refer to following page for details.

¶ Gauge Factor (Gauge sensitivity) correction for leadwire connection

The leadwire resistance between the strain gauge and strainmeter noticeably lowers the gauge factor. Calculation for the correction is required depending on the measurement method and on the leadwire type and length.

Quarter Bridge with 2-wire Quarter Bridge with 3-wire

Correction coefficient of lead-wire : A

R A = R + r LCorrected Gauge Factor : K0

R K0 = K = A·K R + r L

Correction coefficient of lead-wire : A

R A = r L R + 2Corrected Gauge Factor : K0

R K0 = K = A·K r L R + 2

where R : Nominal gauge resistance in Ω r : Total resistance per meter of leadwire (Ω/m) K : Gauge Factor shown on package L : Length of leadwire in meter

Rr L/2

r L/2r L/2

Input

Out

put

R

r L/2r L/2

Input

Out

put

¶ Total resistance per meter of typical TML pre-attached leadwire

In strain gauge, the leadwire resistance produces a deterioration of gauge sensitivity and thermal drift. The leadwire should be as thick and as short as possible.

Twisted leadwire

Construction core/diameter 7/0.12 10/0.12 7/0.16 7/0.18 12/0.18 20/0.18

Cross section area of lead wire (mm2)

0.08 0.11 0.14 0.18 0.3 0.5

Total resistance of leadwire per meter (Ω)

0.44 0.32 0.24 0.20 0.12 0.07

Single-core leadwire

Construction Polyimide wire (0.14mm-dia.)

Polyimide wire (0.18mm-dia.)

Cross section area of leadwire 0.015 mm2 0.025 mm2

Total resistance of leadwire per meter 2.5 Ω 1.5 Ω

¶ Setting the Gauge Factor to TML Data Loggers*

Cs : Coefficient set K0 : Gauge Factor corrected with leadwire attached

2.00 Cs= K0

IndependentCommon

For the detail of Data Loggers, refer to page 97.

12

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

STRAIN GAUGE MEASUREMENT

1-Gauge 4-Wire Strain measurement methodFor strain gauge measurement, the Wheatstone bridge circuit is employed according to the number of strain gauges to be used and measuring purpose. In a quarter bridge configuration, three wire method is widely used to remove the effect of temperature on gauge leadwire resistance. However, some measuring error occurs owing to gauge factor caused by leadwire resistance and variation in the contact resistance when leadwires are connected to the bridge.

Leadwire resistanceIn the conventional method, as thick and short leadwires as possible are recommended to keep the resistance of leadwires lower. However, as the 1-gauge 4-wire method is not influenced at all by the leadwire resistance, it is possible to connect thin and long leadwires to strain gauges.

Not affected by contact resistanceConventionally, leadwire extension and connection to a measuring instrument are done by soldering or the use of specially designed connectors. As the 1-gauge 4-wire method is not affected at all by contact resistance, a modular plug can be used. The modular plug makes leadwire extension and connection to the instrument inexpensive and efficient while preventing wiring mistakes are eliminated and also RoHS-compliant lead free soldering is unnecessary.

Compares Quarter Bridge 3-Wire vs. 1-Gauge 4-WireQuarter Bridge 3-wire(Wheatstone Bridge) 1-Gauge 4-Wire

Plug connection Not available AvailableSoldering works Required Not requiredWiring time Required LessWiring error Occurs None

RoHS directive Lead inclusive Lead free

Quarter Bridge 3-wire(Wheatstone Bridge) 1-Gauge 4-Wire

Size of leadwire Thick Thin

Weigt of leadwire Not less LessD i f fe ren t l ead-wires Not available Available

Color of leadwire Planned FreeLoad to specimen Not less LessCarrying cost Not less Less

Compares Quarter Bridge 3-Wire vs. 1-Gauge 4-Wire

Strain gauges with leadwires and modular plugMost of our strain gauges can be supplied with the pre-attached 4 leadwires and modular plug (RJ12) that make up our proprietary 1-Gauge 4-Wire system. Because a modular plug is attached to the end of the leadwires, soldering or screwing connect ions to a measur ing inst rument is unnecessary, but the instrument must be of TML make. The 4-wire leadwires are covered with polypropylene resin which does not generate noxious gas even if exposed to fire.

Single element strain gauge with 4-wire paralleled leadwire

With 4-wire paralleled leadwire and modular plug

Three-element rectangular rosette strain gauge

The TML 1-gauge 4-wire strain measurement method does not use the Wheastone bridge circuit, but instead a simple series circuit with gauge resistance (R) and reference resistance (Rs) to measure the strain. Find the strain with voltage (V) generated in gauge resistance and voltage (Vs) generated in reference resistance. As the path where the current runs and the path where the voltage is measured are different, it is possible to perform a measurement without being affected by leadwire resistance or contact resistance (r).

whereR : Gauge resistanceRs : Reference resistance

r1 ~ r4 : Leadwire resistance and contact resistancei : Current flowing in gauge resistance and

reference resistanceE : Excitation voltageV : Voltage of gauge resistanceVs : Voltage of reference resistance

Using commercial interconnection adapter, leadwire extension can be easily done.

i

R

Rs

EV

Vs

r1

r3

r4

r2

13

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Strain gauge is replaced with a new one when measuring large strain. Initial unbalance is readjusted during the measurement.

STRAIN GAUGE MEASUREMENT

[x103με]

-100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100

Leadwire resistance is supposed to be 0 Ω.

Output voltageReference

Strain Ԑ

Bridge output voltage e[mV]

• The leadwire is extended during the measurement.• The strain gauge is mounted on a curved surface.• Strain gauges having uneven resistance are used.• Temperature change is large during the measurement.Non-linearity error of bridge circuit is completely correctedThe relation between the output voltage of bridge circuit and the strain is not exactly linear. Non-linearity error becomes larger with increase of strain. Conventional method for correcting the non-linearity is based on condition that the initial unbalance of bridge is zero. The Complete Compensation Method of Strain works to correct the non-linearity error even when the initial unbalance of bridge is large. It is also effective in the following cases in addition to the cases mentioned in former clause.

Complete Compensation Method of Strain with Wheatstone Bridge - COMET

When measuring strain using a strain gauge, quarter bridge method is commonly used. Quarter bridge 2-wire method is the easiest for strain measurement, while quarter bridge 3-wire method has an advantage of eliminating thermal output caused by the temperature change of the lead wire. It is known that there may be some small errors in measured values obtained by these methods, which are caused by initial unbalance and non-linearity of the bridge circuit. Most of our strainmeters already have a function of correcting non-linearity of quarter bridge circuit. However, if we look into the matter more closely, this function is not enough to completely correct the measured values, for example when the initial unbalance of the bridge is significant. Our unique technique “Complete Compensation Method of Strain” is a method which is capable of fully correcting the errors in measured values obtained by quarter bridge method without being influenced by initial unbalance and non-linearity of the bridge circuit. This method is available in our instruments listed below.

Measurement error is not caused by initial unbalance of bridgeIf the resistance of strain gauge and bridge completion resistors is not exactly the same when the strain is zero, an output voltage is yielded. This should more or less occur in actual bridge circuits. The output voltage is treated as an initial unbalance and deducted from the output voltage when strain is applied. However, it causes some error in measured strain values. This error becomes zero by using the Complete Compensation Method of Strain.It is especially effective in cases as follows, in which a large initial unbalance is expected.

120100

80604020

0-20-40-60-80

-100-120-140

COMET: Abbreviation of Complete Compensation Method of Strain

Data loggersTDS-630, TDS-540, TDS-530*, TDS-602*, TDS-303*, TDS-150, TDS-102*, TC-31K*, TC-32K   * : No longer in production

Descent of sensitivity caused by the leadwire resistance is correctedThe strain gauge sensitivity is influenced by the resistance of the leadwire. In quarter bridge 3-wire method, the lead- wire resistance is measured and the sensitivity is corrected automatically by using a data logger having the Complete Compensation Method of Strain. When measuring multiple points of strain gauges, it is not necessary to use lead wires of the same length for the purpose of simplifying the correction calculation.

Complete Correction of thermal output of strain gaugeThermal output of strain gauge is given as data under no strain, and it may somewhat differ under strained condition. The Complete Compensation Method of Strain compensates thermal output by taking the applied strain into consideration. This is especially effective when the thermal output is large.(This compensation is available in TDS-630.)

Correction of error caused by replacement of strain gaugeWhen measuring a large strain, it is a common practice to replace the strain gauge with a new one when the strain comes close to strain limit of the strain gauge. In this case, accurate strain after the replacement can be known by correcting the measured values referring to the strain value at the time of replacement. The Complete Compensation Method of Strain makes this correction automatically.

Setting of true strain measurement (COMET)This is the setting for performing a measurement correcting the error of strain value using the function called "COMET". When the sensor mode is quarter bridge 3-wire method, the measurement value is displayed by implementing non-linear correction even if [Not use] is selected. By selecting Comet, it is

possible to obtain more correct strain value.Half bridge common dummy can be used only for Comet A.

COMET AThis is the correction method to correct the non-linearity error by initial unbalance of the bridge, and this is effective when the initial unbalance value is large. The bridge output voltage eo is measured at initial in and memorized internally. The bridge output voltage e when the strain is generated is calculated when the measurement is performed, and the correction calculation below is implemented. e ‒ e0 Ԑm = (1‒e) x (1+e0)

COMET B (Quarter bridge 3-wire method only)This is used when correcting the descent of sensitivity by leadwire at the same time as the correction method of Comet A.The bridge output voltage eo at initial unbalance and both-ends voltage of lead wire resistance er are measured at initial in, and memorized internally. The bridge output voltage e when the strain is generated is measured at the measurement, and the calculation below is implemented. e ‒ e0 Ԑm = (1‒e) x (1+e0‒er)

When Comet B calculation is implemented, the correction calculation that includes initial unbalance value that is recorded at initial in and both-ends voltage of leadwire resistance is implemented from the formula above, so only the measure measurement is available. Be sure to perform the measurement after implementing the initial in at the initial unbalanced status for starting measurement.

14

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

STRAIN GAUGE MEASUREMENT

Measurements using our data loggers equipped with Complete Compensation Method of Strain have the advantages of the followings. Complete compensation of non-linearity No influence of strain gauge resistance No influence of dummy resistance No need of using leadwires of the same length saving costs and space for unnecessary leadwires No need of correcting sensitivity change caused by leadwire resistanceAccurate strain measurement is possible owing to the features above. Furthermore, measurements as in the following examples become possible by the use of Complete Compensation Method of Strain.

Application example 1: Compensation of thermal output when using a temperature-integrated strain gauge

Thermal output of strain gauge is automatically compensated when measuring a temperature-integrated strain gauge with data logger TDS-630. A polynomial representing the thermal output is attached to each strain gauge, and coefficients of the polynomial are input to TDS-630 before starting the measurement. Thermal output of the strain gauge caused by the change of environmental temperature is calculated and corrected by the TDS-630 with better accuracy than conventional method.

Real temperature and apparent strain measurement100

80

60

40

20

0

-20

-40

-60

-80

-100

80

60

40

20

0

-20

Temperature

Tem

pera

ture

(° C

)

Strain

Therm

al o

utp

ut

(µm

/m

)

Time in minutes

100

80

60

40

20

0

-20

-40

-60

-80

-100

80

60

40

20

0

-20

Tem

pera

ture

(° C

)

Strain

Therm

al o

utp

ut

(µm

/m

)

Time in minutes

CCFXX

Measurement exampleStrain caused by depression of bolt head (M10)

Measuring range (mm) -6 0 +6

-7.5 -6 -4.5 -3 -1.5 0 1.5 3 4.5 6 7.5

0-50

-100-150-200-250-300-350-400-450

Position of strain gauge (mm)

Dep

ress

ion

stra

in (µ

m/m

)

Axial strain (µm/m)0

1000

Application example of Complete Compensation Method of Strain

True strain after thermal output correction

Application example 2: Measurement of stress concentration gauge CCFXX, CCFYX

The CCFXX and CCFYX are newly developed strain gauges having 10 grids aligned continuously without interval between each adjoining grids. Different from the conventional stress concentration gauge having individual grids aligned with small intervals, it can measure strain distribution of the specimen more precisely. This strain gauge should be measured using our data logger with Complete Compensation Method of Strain. The number of leadwires is reduced to 11.

The number of leadwires is 30 which is required for measuring a conventional 10-element strain gauge with quarter bridge 3-wire method. The number is reduced to 11 in CCFXX/CCFYX strain gauge. This is achieved by using one leadwire for measurement of two or three grids. The adjacent grid is connected in series with one leadwire of 3-wire connection. The resistance of this adjacent grid can be ignored by using our data logger with Complete Compensation Method of Strain.

Temperature

15

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

MEASURING METHOD OF STRAIN AND TEMPERATUREMeasuring method of temperature

Temperature measurement is necessary for strain measurement involving temperature change. In addition to the thermocouples and platinum RTDs which are generally used for measuring temperature, our product line includes temperature gauges which may be used in a same way as strain gauges, and temperature integrated strain gauges which are capable of measuring strain and temperature simultaneously. We will provide you with the introduction of their features and applications.

Temperature measurement applications to our strain measuring instrumentsTemperature

measurement meansApplication to static strain

measuring instrumentsApplication to dynamic strain

measuring instrumentsTemperature measure-

ment range (°C) Features

Thermocouple (T, K, etc.) Applicable Applicable -269 ~ +1760 Wide temperature rangePlatinum RTD Pt100 Applicable Not applicable -40 ~ +400 High accuracy. Can be used only

with data loggersTemperature integrated strain gauges Applicable Not applicable -20 ~ +200 Applicable to most of the foil strain

gaugesTemperature gaugesTF Series Applicable Applicable -20 ~ +200 A dedicated adapter necessary

Temperature gauge KT-110A Applicable Applicable -30 ~ +80 Robust structure, mainly for civil

engineering

THERMOCOUPLEWide range of temperature can be measured by selecting the types of thermocouple wire and sheath material. In this catalog, the following sheath material for thermocouples are introduced (the temperatures indicated are upper temperature limits):

Vinyl: 80 °CFluorinated resin: 200 °CGlass fiber : 350 °CSee page 80 for the details of thermocouples.

By using static strain measuring instruments such as data logger TDS series and TC-32K, temperature measurement using various thermocouples can be carried out. As for DC dynamic strain measuring instrument DC-96A/DC-97A, DC-204R, DC-004P, DH-14A, TMR-200, DRA-30A and DS-50A, temperature measurement can be carried out by thermocouples K and T through thermocouple adapter TA-01KT.

PLATINUM RTDTemperature measurement can be carried out by bonding the platinum RTD to the surface of an object to be measured, just like when using strain gauges. The measurement accuracy is high, and the measurement can be done by connecting to lead

wires for strain gauges. Platinum RTD is connected to static strain measuring instruments such as data logger TDS series or TC-32K when measuring. Platinum RTD is not applicable to dynamic strain measuring instruments.

TEMPERATURE-INTEGRATED STRAIN GAUGESTemperature measurement function can be mounted to almost any foil strain gauge. (See the chart in pages 41 and 42 for combination of strain gauges and dedicated lead wires.) The temperature measurement point is the tab of a strain gauge, so the temperature shown is as same as the temperature of the strain gauge. The temperature can be measured using our data logger. The applicable lead wires with temperature measuring function are as follows: Single core 3-wire twisted fluorinated resin (FEP) lead wire 6FB_TLT Applicable temperature: -269 °C ~ +200 °C 3-wire paralleled vinyl lead wire -TLJBT/-TLJBT-F Applicable temperature: -20 °C ~ +80 °C 4-wire paralleled vinyl lead wire TLQ Applicable temperature: -20 °C ~ +80 °C (See page 34 for details of lead wires.)

If you wish to mount the temperature measuring function on the strain gauge of your choice, insert a “T” after the number indicating the length of the gauge, and then designate the length and type of the lead wire. For example, if you want to add temperature measuring function and a 3meters vinyl lead wire to FLA-2-11, the type name should be written as:

FLA-2 T -11 -3 TLJBT 3-wire paralleled vinyl lead wire TLJBT Desired length of the lead wire: 3m With temperature measuring function

Temperature integrated strain gauges are not applicable to measurements by dynamic strain measuring instruments.

Wire connection methods1. For TDS-630/-540/-530

One channel: Simultaneous strain and temperature measurements

2. For other applicable measuring instruments: TDS-302/-303/-601/-601A/-602/ -101R/-150/-102/-300

Channel 1: Strain measurement Quarter bridge 3 wire connection method Channel 2: Temperature measurement T thermocouple (Use two adjacent channels)

CH.1

RED WHITE

BLUE RED WHITE

BLUE

CH.1 CH.2

A

B(H)

C

D(L)

E

TEMPERATURE GAUGES TF SERIES

TEMPERATURE GAUGES KT-110A

Temperature gauge TF series is used for measuring surface temperature by bonding it to the surface of structural object just like strain gauges. By using adapter TGA for temperature gauge and strain measuring instrument in combination, the

measurement will be performed and represented in the unit of 100×10-6/°C. See page 80 for details of TF series and adapter TGA.

KT-110A is a temperature sensor using full bridge method. It is used in civil engineering and construction sites for its robustness. KT-110A can carry out measurement as

temperature sensor using full bridge method (also used by transducers) by using strain measuring instruments. Consult us for details of KT-110A.

16

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

FOIL STRAIN GAUGES Series F Gauges Of Brilliant Lifespan and Environmentally Thoughtful

A strain gauge is constructed so that the gauge leads to conduct electrical signal are connected by soldering to the metal foil which is called gauge element. The solder is an alloy composed of lead and tin. Since lead is not only harmful to human bodies but may cause adverse effects on the natural environment, we have developed a strain gauge using lead-free solder. It is known that the use of lead-free solder may result in a shorter fatigue life of the strain gauge compared to a strain gauge using conventional solder including lead. To overcome the problem, we have developed a strain gauge having a unique gauge pattern and special plastics backing. With the use of lead-free solder for the connection of gauge leads, the strain gauge of this configuration shows a fatigue life equivalent to that of conventional strain gauges. Most of general purpose strain gauges in our strain gauge series F are available in this configuration, and they are supplied as RoHS compliant products with CE marking. We have given a name GOBLET especially for the strain gauges, as the pattern looks like a goblet. GOBLET is also an abbreviation of “Gauges Of Brilliant Lifespan and Environmentally Thoughtful”, which represents the excellent fatigue life and small environmental effect of the strain gauges and expresses the concept of development of the strain gauges. Owing to the use of special plastics for the backing, operating temperature range of the gauges has been improved to -196 to +150°C. Integral leadwires for instrumentation are available using lead-free solder and in various types to meet usage conditions. We will keep extending the GOBLET to other series of our strain gauges, not only to satisfy the needs for strain gauges but to meet environmental requirements including effective use of natural resources.

Package of GOBLET strain gauges (example)

Leadwire type Code to order Core/Dimensions

Cross section (mm2)

Combination temperature for use with GOBLET strain gauge

0.08mm2 paralleled vinyl leadwire LJB-F 7/0.12 0.08 -20~+80°C

0.08mm2 3-wire paralleled vinyl leadwire LJBT-F 7/0.12 0.08 -20~+80°C

0.11mm2 paralleled vinyl leadwire LJC-F 10/0.12 0.11 -20~+80°C

0.11mm2 3-wire paralleled vinyl leadwire LJCT-F 10/0.12 0.11 -20~+80°C0.08mm2 polyporopyrene 4-wire paralleled leadwire with modular plug LQM-F 7/0.12 0.08 -20~+100°C

0.08mm2 vinyl 4-wire paralleled leadwire LBQM-F 7/0.12 0.08 -20~+80°C

3-wire paralleled special vinyl leadwire LXT-F 7/0.12 0.08 -20~+150°C

Temperature-integrated 3-wire paralleled vinyl leadwire TLJBT-F 7/0.12 0.08 -20~+80°C

0.14mm2 /polyurethane leadwire LP-F 1/0.14 - -20~+120°C

0.14mm2 polyester leadwire LU-F 1/0.14 - -196~+150°C

0.14mm2 polyimide leadwire LE-F 1/0.14 - -196~+150°C

The GOBLET strain gauges bear the logo and the CE mark on their package.

Trademark applicationpending in Japan

Dedicated leadwires (lead-free solder used)

17

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

STRAIN GAUGE BRIDGE CIRCUIT

Measuring mode Bridge circuitWiring connection to

Bridge OutputSwitching Box Bridge Box

1

Quarter bridge (with 2-wire)

E ∆R1 E E ∆e = x = K·Ԑ1 = K·Ԑ 4 R 4 4 ∆e : Output voltage due to strain Ԑ1

E : Excitation voltage K : Gauge Factor of strain gauge R : Fixed resistor ∆R1 : Resistance change due to strain Ԑ1 R1 = R0+∆R1 : Gauge resistance due to Ԑ1 R0 : Gauge resistance before strain applied Ԑ1 = Ԑ

2

Quarter bridge with 3-wire

3

Quarter br idge wi th two gauges connected in series in one arm, eliminating bend-ing strain

E (∆R1+∆R2) E (Ԑ1 + Ԑ2 ) ∆e = x = · K· 4 R 4 2 E = ·K·Ԑ 4

R1 : Strain Gauge resistance = R0 + ∆R1 R2 : Strain Gauge resistance = R0 + ∆R2 R = 2R0 R0 : Gauge resistance before strain applied ∆R1, ∆R2 : Resistance change of strain gauge R1, R2

Ԑ1, Ԑ2 : Strain applied to strain gauge R1, R2

R : Fixed resistor 4

Quarter bridge 3-wire with two gauges connected in series in one arm, eliminating bending strain

5

Quarter br idge with four gauges connected in series and paralleled in one arm

E (∆R1+∆R2+∆R3+∆R4) ∆e = x 4 4R E (Ԑ1+Ԑ2+Ԑ3+Ԑ4) E = x = K·Ԑ 4 4 4 ∆R1 ~∆R4 : Resistance change of strain gauge R1 ~ R4

Ԑ1 ~ Ԑ4 : Strain applied to strain gauge R1~R4

Ԑ1 = Ԑ2 = Ԑ3 = Ԑ4 = Ԑ

6

Half bridge with 1-active and 1-dummy gauge

E ∆R1 E E ∆e = x = K·Ԑ1 = K·Ԑ 4 R 4 4

Ԑ1 = Ԑ : Axial strain R1 =R0 + ∆R : active R2 =R0 = R : dummy R : Fixed resistor R0 : Gauge resistance before strain applied

7

Half bridge with two active gauges

E (∆R1 - ∆R2) E ∆e = x = K·(Ԑ1 - Ԑ2) 4 R 4 E = (1+ν) K·Ԑ 4

ν : Poisson's ratio Ԑ1= Ԑ : Strain applied to strain gauge R1 Ԑ2= -νԐ : Strain applied to strain gauge R2 R : Fixed resistor

5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

R1

R1 R1 R1

R1

R1 R1 R1

R1

R1

R1

R1

R1

R

R

R

RR

R

R R

R

R

R

RR

R

R

R

R2

R2

R2

R2

R2

R2

R2

R2

R2

R2

R2

R2

R2

R2

R2

R2

R2 R2

R

R1 R1 R1

R1

R1

R1

R1 R1

R4R3

R3

R4

R3

R4R3R4

R1

R1

R1 R1

R1 R1R2

E D C B A

E D C B A

E D C B A

E D C B A

E D C B A

E D C B A

E D C B AE

E

E

E

E

E

∆e∆e

∆e∆e

∆e∆e

Terminal code

Terminal code

Terminal code

Terminal code

Terminal code

Terminal code

Terminal code

strain gauge60Ω each

strain gauge60Ω each

short-circuited

short-circuited

short-circuited

short-circuited

short-circuited

short-circuited

short-circuited

18

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

STRAIN GAUGE BRIDGE CIRCUIT

Measuring mode Bridge circuitWiring connection to

Bridge OutputSwitching Box Bridge Box

1

Quarter bridge (with 2-wire)

E ∆R1 E E ∆e = x = K·Ԑ1 = K·Ԑ 4 R 4 4 ∆e : Output voltage due to strain Ԑ1

E : Excitation voltage K : Gauge Factor of strain gauge R : Fixed resistor ∆R1 : Resistance change due to strain Ԑ1 R1 = R0+∆R1 : Gauge resistance due to Ԑ1 R0 : Gauge resistance before strain applied Ԑ1 = Ԑ

2

Quarter bridge with 3-wire

3

Quarter br idge wi th two gauges connected in series in one arm, eliminating bend-ing strain

E (∆R1+∆R2) E (Ԑ1 + Ԑ2 ) ∆e = x = · K· 4 R 4 2 E = ·K·Ԑ 4

R1 : Strain Gauge resistance = R0 + ∆R1 R2 : Strain Gauge resistance = R0 + ∆R2 R = 2R0 R0 : Gauge resistance before strain applied ∆R1, ∆R2 : Resistance change of strain gauge R1, R2

Ԑ1, Ԑ2 : Strain applied to strain gauge R1, R2

R : Fixed resistor 4

Quarter bridge 3-wire with two gauges connected in series in one arm, eliminating bending strain

5

Quarter br idge with four gauges connected in series and paralleled in one arm

E (∆R1+∆R2+∆R3+∆R4) ∆e = x 4 4R E (Ԑ1+Ԑ2+Ԑ3+Ԑ4) E = x = K·Ԑ 4 4 4 ∆R1 ~∆R4 : Resistance change of strain gauge R1 ~ R4

Ԑ1 ~ Ԑ4 : Strain applied to strain gauge R1~R4

Ԑ1 = Ԑ2 = Ԑ3 = Ԑ4 = Ԑ

6

Half bridge with 1-active and 1-dummy gauge

E ∆R1 E E ∆e = x = K·Ԑ1 = K·Ԑ 4 R 4 4

Ԑ1 = Ԑ : Axial strain R1 =R0 + ∆R : active R2 =R0 = R : dummy R : Fixed resistor R0 : Gauge resistance before strain applied

7

Half bridge with two active gauges

E (∆R1 - ∆R2) E ∆e = x = K·(Ԑ1 - Ԑ2) 4 R 4 E = (1+ν) K·Ԑ 4

ν : Poisson's ratio Ԑ1= Ԑ : Strain applied to strain gauge R1 Ԑ2= -νԐ : Strain applied to strain gauge R2 R : Fixed resistor

Temperature-compensated to Output multiple

Gauge Factor correction due to leadwire resistance Description Strain Gauge Leadwire

N/A N/A x1 R K0 = K R+r L

Ordinary uniaxial strain measurment when infulence of temperature change can be disregarded.

K0 : Corrected gauge factorK : Original gauge factorR : Resistance of strain gauger : Total resistance of leadwire per meterL : Length of leadwire in meter

N/A Available x1 R K0 = K r L R+ 2

Ordinary uniaxial strain measurement Thermal output of leadwire is cancelled.

K0 : Corrected gauge factorK : Original gauge factorR : Resistance of strain gauger : Total resistance of leadwire per meterL : Length of leadwire in meter

N/A N/A x1 R K0 = K R+r L

Uniaxial strain measurement (Mean of two gauges is output) bending strain is cancelled.

K0 : Corrected gauge factorK : Original gauge factorR : Resistance of strain gauger : Total resistance of leadwire per meterL : Length of leadwire in meter

N/A Available x1 R K0 = K r L R+ 2

Thermal output of leadwire is cancelled in addition to the above.

K0 : Corrected gauge factorK : Original gauge factorR : Resistance of strain gauger : Total resistance of leadwire per meterL : Length of leadwire in meter

N/A N/A x1 R K0 = K R+r L

Uniaxial strain measurement (Mean of four gauges is output.)Bending strain is cancelled.If 3-wire connection is used, thermal output of leadwire is cancelled.

K0 : Corrected gauge factorK : Original gauge factorR : Resistance of strain gauger : Total resistance of leadwire per meterL : Length of leadwire in meter

Available Available x1 R K0 = K R+r L

Uniaxial strain measurement Dummy gauge should be of the same type and lot as the active gauge, bonded on the same kind of material, and placed in the same environment including the leadwire.K0 : Corrected gauge factorK : Original gauge factorR : Resistance of strain gauger : Total resistance of leadwire per meterL : Length of leadwire in meter

Available Available x (1+ν) R K0 = K R+r L

Axial strain measurement with sensitivity of (1+ν) times.Thermal output of strain gauge and leadwire is cancelled.

K0 : Corrected gauge factorK : Original gauge factorR : Resistance of strain gauger : Total resistance of leadwire per meterL : Length of leadwire in meterν : Poisson's ratio of specimen

19

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

STRAIN GAUGE BRIDGE CIRCUIT

Measuring mode Bridge circuitWiring connection to

Bridge OutputSwitching Box Bridge Box

8

Half bridge with 2 active gauges : Bending strain

E (∆R1-∆R2) E ∆e = x = · K· (Ԑ1-Ԑ2) 4 R 4 E = ·K·Ԑ 2

E : Excitation voltage K : Gauge Factor of strain gauge Ԑ : Strain due to bending Ԑ1 = -Ԑ2 = Ԑ

9

Opposite arm Half bridge with 2 active gauges

N/A

E (∆R1+∆R2) E ∆e = x = · K·(Ԑ1+Ԑ2) 4 R 4 E = ·K·Ԑ 2

E : Excitation voltage K : Gauge Factor of strain gauge Ԑ : Uniaxial strain Ԑ1 = Ԑ2 = Ԑ

10

Opposite arm Half bridge with 3-wire 2 active gauges

N/A

11

Full bridge with 4 active gauges : Uniaxial strain

12

Full bridge with 4 active gauges : Bending strain

13

Full bridge with 4 active gauges : Torque

R2

R2

R2

R1

R1

R1

R1

R1 R1

R4

R3

R2

R2

R2

R2

R2

R1

R1

R1

R1

R3

R4

R4 R3

R2

R

R

R1

E

R2

RR

R2R1

E

∆e

R

R

R1

E

∆e

R2

R2R1

E

∆e

R4 R3R2

E D C B ATerminal code

5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

R1

R3 R4

R2

E D C B ATerminal code 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

R3

R1 R4

R2

E (∆R1 - ∆R2+∆R3 -∆R4) ∆e = x 4 R E E = K (Ԑ1 - Ԑ2+Ԑ3 - Ԑ4) = (1+ν) ·K·Ԑ 4 2 E : Excitation voltage K : Gauge Factor of strain gauge Ԑ : Axial strain ν : Poisson's ratio Ԑ1 = Ԑ3 = Ԑ, Ԑ2 = Ԑ4 = -ν·Ԑ

E (∆R1 - ∆R2+∆R3 -∆R4) ∆e = x 4 R E = K (Ԑ1 - Ԑ2+Ԑ3 - Ԑ4) = E·K·Ԑ 4 E : Excitation voltage K : Gauge Factor of strain gauge Ԑ : Strain due to bending Ԑ1 = Ԑ3 = Ԑ, Ԑ2 = Ԑ4 = -Ԑ

E (∆R1 - ∆R2+∆R3 -∆R4) ∆e = x 4 R E = K (Ԑ1 - Ԑ2+Ԑ3 - Ԑ4) = E·K·Ԑ 4 E : Excitation voltage K : Gauge Factor of strain gauge Ԑ : Strain due to torque Ԑ1 = Ԑ3 = Ԑ, Ԑ2 = Ԑ4 = -Ԑ

short-circuited

short-circuited

∆e

20

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

STRAIN GAUGE BRIDGE CIRCUIT

Measuring mode Bridge circuitWiring connection to

Bridge OutputSwitching Box Bridge Box

8

Half bridge with 2 active gauges : Bending strain

E (∆R1-∆R2) E ∆e = x = · K· (Ԑ1-Ԑ2) 4 R 4 E = ·K·Ԑ 2

E : Excitation voltage K : Gauge Factor of strain gauge Ԑ : Strain due to bending Ԑ1 = -Ԑ2 = Ԑ

9

Opposite arm Half bridge with 2 active gauges

N/A

E (∆R1+∆R2) E ∆e = x = · K·(Ԑ1+Ԑ2) 4 R 4 E = ·K·Ԑ 2

E : Excitation voltage K : Gauge Factor of strain gauge Ԑ : Uniaxial strain Ԑ1 = Ԑ2 = Ԑ

10

Opposite arm Half bridge with 3-wire 2 active gauges

N/A

11

Full bridge with 4 active gauges : Uniaxial strain

12

Full bridge with 4 active gauges : Bending strain

13

Full bridge with 4 active gauges : Torque

Temperature-compensated to Output multiple

Gauge Factor correction due to leadwire resistance Description Strain Gauge Leadwire

Available Available x2 R K0 = K R+r L

Bending strain measurement with twice sensitivityAxial strain is cancelled.Thermal output of strain gauge and leadwire is cancelled.

K0 : Corrected gauge factorK : Original gauge factorR : Resistance of strain gauger : Total resistance of leadwire per meterL : Length of leadwire in meter

N/A N/A x2 R K0 = K R+r L

Uniaxial strain measurement (sum of two gauges is output.)Bending strain is cancelled.

K0 : Corrected gauge factorK : Original gauge factorR : Resistance of strain gauger : Total resistance of leadwire per meterL : Length of leadwire in meter

N/A Available x2 R K0 = K r L R+ 2

Thermal output of leadwire is cancelled in addition to the above.

K0 : Corrected gauge factorK : Original gauge factorR : Resistance of strain gauger : Total resistance of leadwire per meterL : Length of leadwire in meter

Available Available x2(1+ν)

R K0 = K R+r L

rL should be of the leadwire for supply ing exci tat ion voltage, provided that the leadwire resistance inside the full bridge cirucit is small enough to be neglected.

Uniaxial strain measurement with sensitivity of 2(1+ν) times.Bending strain is cancelled.

ν : Poisson's ratio of specimenK : Original gauge factorK0 : Corrected gauge factorR : Resistance of strain gauger : Total resistance of leadwire per meterL : Length of leadwire in meter

Available Available x4

Bending strain measurement with sensitivity of 4 timesAxial strain is cancelled.

Available Available x4

Measurement of strain due to torque with sensitivity of4 times Axial strain and bending strain are cancelled.

Connection diagram varies according to strainmeter type.

21

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

TML STRAIN GAUGE CODING SYSTEM

F LA - 3 T - 350 - 11 (-F) - 3 LJB(- F)Gauge resistance in Ω(standard 120Ω not presented)

Gauge length in mm

(*1) Not always coded

(*2) Not indicated for general model

Gauge series ApplicationsF (-F)  General purpose

F series of GOBLET are CE marked.

WF Waterproof constructionPF Concrete use, Polyester foil gauge

P Concrete use, Polyester wire gaugeMF Magnetic field use

PM Concrete use, Embedment type strain gauge

PMF Concrete use, Embedment type strain gauge

FLM/WFLM Contrete use, Metal backing strain gauge

YEF/YF/YHF Post-yield strain (Large strain) measurement

PMFLS Asphalt use, Embedment type strain gauge

GF/LF Low elastic material use, Plastics, Wood, Gypsum

PFLW/PLW Low elastic material use, Wood, Gypsum

UBF/BF Composite material use

DSF High endurance use, Fatigue test

CF Cryogenic temperature use

CEF Wide range temperature use

QF/ZF/EF High temperature use

SFA Stress measurement

AW Weldable strain gauge

BTM Bolt axial strain measurement

DD One-side gauge

FAC Crack detection gauge

TF Strain gauge type temperature measurement

KM Concrete/Asphalt embedment use, strain transducer

FGMH Frictional Strain CheckerFGAH Frictional Axial strain transducerFGDH Frictional Torque Sensor System

Pattern imageSingle

2-element Rosette (0°/90°)

3-element Rosette (0°/45°/90°)

5-element Single 10-element Single

5-element Rosette (0°/90°)

Torque

45° Single

Pattern configuration (*1)L/LA/LK/LX/LG/BX/BYLAB/LKB/LGB Single

C/CA/LC/CS/CB 2-element Rosette (0°/90°)CAB

R/LR/RA/RAS/RS 3-element Rosette (0°/45°/90°)RAB

XV/YV/BXV/BYV 5-element Single

CV 5-element Rosette (0°/90°)

CT TorqueLT 45° Single

stacked

stacked

plane

plane

GOBLET

GOBLET

GOBLET

Functions (*2) Applicable gaugeA Left 45° QFLT-AB Right 45° QFLT-B

for shearing strain measurementT Thermocouple Temperature-integrated

S t ra in gauge w i th CE mark ing (compliant to RoHS2 Directive)Identification code “-F” is appended to the type number of the strain gauge. For a strain gauge with “Option -F”, lead-free solder is used in place of leaded solder. Fatigue life of the strain gauge may become shorter by using lead-free solder.

Option -F

(*3) See Compensationmaterial right

GOBLET

The following strain gauges are CE marked. For strain gauge without integral lead wire- Strain gauge with “-F” appended to the type number- Strain gauge indicated with “CE” mark in this catalog

22

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

F LA - 3 T - 350 - 11 (-F) - 3 LJB(- F)Length of leadwire

pre-attached-002 2cm long-005 5cm long-1 1m long-3 3m long-5 5m long

Compensation material ppm/°C (*3)

3 Composite material

5 Composite material

8 Composite material

11 Mild steel

17 Stainless steel/Copper alloy

23 Aluminium

28 Magnesium

50 Plastics

70 Plastics

Ceramic (Si3N4) 2.6~3.3CFRP 3 ~ 5

Ceramic (SiC) 4.6CFRP 3 ~ 5

Glass 7.9Titanium 8.9Titanium alloy (Ti-6Al-4V) 8.8

Mild steel (0.1~0.2C) 11.8Hard steel (0.4~0.5C) 11.2Cast iron 10.5Hastelloy-276 11.2Inconel 600 13.3Inconel 750 12.1Monel 13.5SUS 630 (17-4PH) 10.8SUS 631 (17-7PH) 10.6Concrete 7 ~ 13

SUS 304 16.2SUS 310 15.8SUS 316 16.0SUS 321 16.7Copper 16.7Beryllium copper 16.6Brass 16.7Bronze 17.0Constantan 14.9

Aluminium 23.4Aluminium 2024-T4 23.0Lead and its alloy 29.0Gypsum 25.0Polyimide 20 ~ 30

Magnesium alloy 27.0

Epoxy (Cast) 45 ~ 65

Acrylics 70ABS 74Polyacetal (POM) 80Polycarbonate (PC) 66 ~ 70Polystyrene (PS) 60 ~ 80

Indicated only for self-temperature-compensated strain gauges For other materials, contact TML or your local representative.

TML STRAIN GAUGE CODING SYSTEM

Suffix codes of pre-attached leadwires Option -F for CE marking

For further information on combination use with strain gauges, refer to pages 33~42.

-LJB/-LJB-F :0.08mm2 paralleled vinyl leadwire ‒20°C~+80°C Applicable to F/PF/P/FLM/YEF/YF/YHF/LF/PFLW/PLW/GF/BF/UBF/DSF/CF/CEF/QF/ ZF/EF/BTM series -LJBT/-LJBT-F:0.08mm2 3-wire parallel leadwire ‒20°C~+80°C Applicable to same as above -LJB/-LJB-F -LJA :0.08mm2 twisted vinyl leadwire ‒20°C~+80°C Applicable to F/FLM/MF/YEF/YF/YHF/LF/PFLW/PLW/GF/BF/UBF/DSF/CF/CEF/QF/ZF/ EF series -LJAT : 0.08mm2 3-wire twisted vinyl leadwire ‒20°C~+80°C Applicable to F/FLM/YEF/YF/YHF/LF/PFLW/PLW/GF/BF/UBF/DSF/CF/CEF/QF/ZF/EF/ BTM series -LJC/-LJC-F :0.11mm2 paralleled vinyl leadwire ‒20°C~+80°C Applicable to F/PF/P/FLM/YEF/YF/YHF/LF/PFLW/PLW/GF/BF/UBF/DSF/CF/CEF/QF/ ZF/EF/BTM series -LJCT/-LJCT-F :0.11mm2 3-wire paralleled vinyl leadwire ‒20°C~+80°C Applicable to same as above -LJC/-LJC-F -LJD :0.3mm2 paralleled vinyl leadwire ‒20°C~+80°C Applicable to F/FLM/YEF/YF/YHF/LF/PFLW/PLW/GF/BF/UBF/DSF/CF/CEF/QF/ZF/EF -LJDT :0.3mm2 paralleled vinyl leadwire ‒20°C~+80°C Applicable to same as above -LJD -LJG :0.5mm2 paralleled vinyl leadwire ‒20°C~+80°C Applicable to F/FLM/YEF/YF/YHF/LF/PFLW/PLW/GF/BF/UBF/DSF/CF/CEF/QF/ZF/EF -LJGT :0.5mm2 3-wire paralleled vinyl leadwire ‒20°C~+80°C Applicable to same as above -LJG -LH : 0.02mm2 twisted vinyl leadwire ‒20°C~+80°C Applicable to F/FLM/YEF/YF/YHF/LF/PFLW/PLW/GF/BF/UBF/DSF/CF/CEF/QF/ZF/EF -LHT : 0.02mm2 3-wire twisted vinyl leadwire ‒20°C~+80°C Applicable to same as above -LH -LJAY: 0.08mm2 3-wire twisted vinyl leadwire ‒20°C~+80°C Applicable to MF (Single) series -LS : 3.2mm-dia. shielded vinyl leadwire ‒20°C~+80°C Applicable to MF series -LTSA : 3mm-dia. shielded 3-wire vinyl leadwire ‒20°C~+80°C Applicable to F/FLM/MF//LF/PFLW/PLW/GF/BF/UBF/DSF/CF/CEF/QF/ZF/EF series -LTSB : 5mm-dia. shielded 3-wire vinyl leadwire ‒20°C~+80°C Applicable to F/FLM/LF/PFLW/PLW/GF/BF/UBF/DSF/CF/CEF/QF/ZF/EF series -LQM/-LQM-F : 0.08mm2 polypropylene 4-wire paralleled leadwire with modular plug ‒20°C~+100°C Applicable to F/PF/PFLM/YEF/YF/YHF/LF/PFLW/PLW/GF/BF/UBF/DSF/CF/CEF/QF/ ZF/EF series -LBQM/-LBQM-F : 0.08mm2 vinyl 4-wire paralleled leadwire with modular plug ‒20°C~+80°C Applicable to same as above -LQM -LXT/-LXT-F : 3-wire parallel special vinyl leadwire ‒20°C~+150°C Applicable to F/PF/PFLM/YEF/YF/YHF/LF/PFLW/PLW/GF/BF/UBF/DSF/CF/CEF/QF/ZF EF series -LJRA : 2-wire twisted cross-linked vinyl leadwire ‒20°C~+100°C Applicable to F/FLM/YEF/YF/YHF/LF/PFLW/PLW/GF/BF/UBF/DSF/CF/CEF/QF/ZF/EF BTM series -LJRTA : 3-wire twisted cross-linked vinyl leadwire ‒20°C~+100°C Applicable to same as above -LJRA -LJQTA : 3-wire twisted cross-linked polyethylene leadwire ‒65°C~+125°C Applicable to F/FLM/YEF/YF/YHF/LF/PFLW/PLW/GF/BF/UBF/DSF/CF/CEF/QF/ZF/EF BTM series -TLJBT/-TLJBT-F : Temperature-integrated 3-wire paralleled vinyl leadwire ‒20°C~+80°C Applicable to F/PF/FLM/YEF/YF/YHF/LF/PFLW/PLW/GF/BF/UBF/DSF/CF/CEF/QF/ZF EF series -TLQ : Temperature-integrated 4-wire paralleled vinyl leadwire ‒20°C~+80°C Applicable to F/FLM/YEF/YF/YHF/LF/PFLW/PLW/GF/BF/UBF/DSF/CF/CEF/QF/ZF/EF -6FB_TLT : Temperature-integrated 3-wire twisted fluorinated resin (FEP) leadwire ‒269°C~+200°C Applicable to same as above -TLQ -LP/-LP-F :0.14mm2/0.18mm2 polyurethane leadwire -10°C~+120°C Applicable to F/PF/P/FLM/MF/YEF/YF/YHF/LF/PFLW/PLW/GF/BF/UBF/DSF/CF/CEF QF/ZF/EF/BTM/FAC series -LU/-LU-F :0.14mm2/0.18mm2 polyester leadwire -196°C~+200°C Applicable to F/PF/P/FLM/MF/YEF/YF/YHF/LF/PFLW/PLW/GF/BF/UBF/DSF/CF/CEF QF/ZF/EF series -LE/-LE-F :0.14mm2/0.18mm2 polyeimide leadwire -269°C~+300°C Applicable to same as -LP/-LP-F -6FA_LT/ -6FA_LT-F : 3-wire twisted fluorinated resin (FEP) leadwire ‒269°C~+200°C Applicable to F/FLM/MF/YEF/YF/YHF/LF/PFLW/PLW/GF/BF UBF/DSF/CF/CEF/QF/ZF/EF/BTM series -6FAS_LT/ -6FAS_LT-F : 3-wire twisted fluorinated resin (FEP) leadwire ‒269°C~+200°C Applicable to same as above -6FA_LT -6FB_LT/ -6FB_LT-F : 3-wire twisted fluorinated resin (FEP) leadwire ‒269°C~+200°C Applicable to same as above -6FA_LT -6FC_LT/ -6FC_LT-F : 3-wire twisted fluorinated resin (FEP) leadwire ‒269°C~+200°C Applicable to F/FLM/MF/YEF/YF/YHF/LF/PFLW/PLW/GF/BF UBF/DSF/CF/CEF/QF/ZF/EF series -6FD_LTS/-F : 1.5mm-dia. 3-wire twisted fluorinated resin (FEP) leadwire with shield ‒269°C~+200°C Applicable to MF series -4FA_LT/-4FA_LT-F : 3-wire twisted fluorinated resin (PTFE) leadwire ‒269°C~+260°C Applicable to same as above -6FB_LT -4FB_LT/ -4FB_LT-F : 3-wire twisted fluorinated resin (PTFE) leadwire ‒269°C~+200°C Applicable to same as above -6FB_LT

Leadwire with CE marking (compliant to RoHS2 Directive)Identification code “-F” is appended to the type number of the leadwire.

Option -F

The following strain gauges are CE marked.For strain gauge with integral lead wire- CE marked strain gauge as the above having integral leadwire with “-F” appended to the type number of the integral leadwire

23

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

PACKAGE DESIGNATION

TML strain gauges are delivered together with TML Strain Gauge Test Data (example shown below). The evaluation methods conform to the National Aerospace Standard NAS942 (modified). For installation, handling and bonding procedures, please see the data sheet.

GAUGE PACKAGE

TEST DATA

COLOR CODING FOR TEST SPECIMEN

Test specimen Linear thermalexpansion coefficient Coloring Gauge type

exampled

Mild steel 11ppm/°C Red FLA-5-11Stainless steel

17ppm/°C Brown FLA-5-17Copper alloyAluminium 23ppm/°C Green FLA-5-23

Others − Grey YFLA-5

Colors of package label differ depending on the test specimen material for temperature compensation.

Batch No.Production code for procedure and history.

EnvironmentTemperature in degrees centigrade and relative humidirty in % at which the test data are obtained.

Ratio of transverse sensitivityThe sensitivity in the direction perpendicular to the axial direction in percent.

Applicable temperature compensationVarious temperature compensation values are available (3, 5, 8, 11, 17, 23, 28, 50, 70ppm/°C)(Blank indicates temperature compensation not available.)

Gauge factor with toleranceThis factor is a ratio of the resistance variation to the strain generated due to the uniaxial stress in the direction of the gauge axis.

QuantityNumber of gauges contained in a package.

Gauge resistanceElectrical resistance of the strain gauge under free conditions at room temperature, unbonded as supplied. Various range (60, 120, 350 or 1000Ω) are available.

Gauge lengthThis represents the actual grid length in the axial direction. Within this length, the measured strain is averaged.

Gauge type

Lot No.

CE complianceAff ix ing the CE mark ing and our logo mark of strain gauge GOBLET series to a container package

24

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

PACKAGE DESIGNATION

LEADWIRE-INTEGRATED STRAIN GAUGE PACKAGE

TML STRAIN GAUGE TEST DATA

Thermal output

Test specimen used in thermal output test

A l inear thermal ex-pansion coefficient of specimen material in thermal test

Temperature coefficient of Gauge Factor with tolerance per 10°C

Quadratic equation of thermal output (apparent strain with temperature)

Gauge type

Lot Number

Gauge Factor

Bonding adhesive used in tests

Allowable tol-erance of tem-perature com-pensation

Gauge Factor set on strain-meter

Example of curved data on thermal output

GAUGE FACTOR OF LEADWIRE PRE-ATTACHED STRAIN GAUGES

Gauge factor of leadwire pre-attached strain gauges given in the supplied TML STRAIN GAUGE TEST DATA is of the strain gauge itself, which is not corrected with attached leadwire. Refer to the test data sheet in which Gauge Factor Correction due to Leadwire attachment is given.

LEADWIRESCore number/diameter Wiring system Length of leadwireFLAB-5-11-3LJCT-F (Left) 10/0.12 3W 3m : 10-core 0.12mm diameter, 3-wire, 3-meter long.FLAB-5-11-5LJB-F (Right) 7/0.12 2W 5m r=0.44Ω/m : 7-core 0.12mm diameter, 2-wire, 5-meter long, leadwire resistance per meter 0.44Ω above

GAUGE RESISTANCEFor pre-attached strain gauge, the gauge resistance value does not include the lead wire resistance. For correction of gauge factor due to the prolonged leadwire resistance, refer to the resistance per meter (r value) given in LEAD WIRES.

LJCT : 3-wire system LJB : 2-wire system

25

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Material - Purpose Gauges series & Operating temperature (°C) Bonding adhesive

Coating materials

Lead wire insulator recommended

MetalGeneral use

 Mid-high temperature CN/P-2/EB-2 W-1/N-1/SB tape Vinyl, FEP(6F)

CN/P-2/EB-2 W-1/N-1/SB tape Vinyl, EnamelUnderwater CN/P-2 W-1/N-1/SB tape -LDBB, -LDBTBGeneral use  High temperature CN/P-2/EB-2 KE-348 FEP(6F), PTFE(4F)   High temperature C-1/NP-50B TSE-3976-B PTFE(4F)   Miniature, High   Miniature, High

C N / E B -2/ C -1 NP-50B

KE-348/TSE-3976-B

FEP(6F), PTFE(4F)FEP(6F), PTFE(4F)

   Wide range temp.   Cryogenic temp. EA-2A/CN/C-1 K-1/KE-348

FEP(6F), PTFE(4F)FEP(6F), PTFE(4F)

Spot welding

Spot welding(Welder W-50RB) Consult TML

MI cable

Long-term C-1/NP-50B/EB-2 W-1SB tape

Vinyl/Cross-linked vinyl /PTFE(4F)Spot welding

Stress concentration CN/P-2/EB-2 N-1/SB tape Vinyl

EB-2/C-1/NP-50B KE-348 FEP(6F)Residual stress CN/P-2/EB-2 N-1/SB tape Vinyl

TorqueCN/P-2/EB-2 N-1/SB tape VinylEB-2/C-1/NP-50B KE-348 FEP(6F)

Shear strainCN/P-2/EB-2 N-1/SB tape Vinyl

EB-2/C-1/NP-50B KE-348 FEP(6F)

One-side gauge CN/P-2 ー VinylBolt axial strain A-2/CN ー Vinyl

Large strain CN/CN-Y SB tape/N-1 Vinyl

Metal or ConcreteMagnetic field use CN/CN-E/RP-2 N-1/SB tape Twisted vinyl with shield

CN/NP-50BEB-2/C-1 KE-348 Twisted FEP with shield

Concrete or MortarSurface strain CN-E/RP-2/PS

N-1/SB tapeVinyl

PS VinylInternal strain Embedment ー Vinyl

AsphaltInternal strain Embedment ー Chloroprene

PlasticsGeneral purpose CN N-1/SB tape Vinyl

CompositeGeneral purpose CN/NP-50B/EB-2 N-1/SB tape

KE-348Vinyl, FEP(6F)

CN/EB-2

Fatigue test CN/C-1/EB-2 ー Vinyl, FEP(6F)

Printed circuit board

General purpose CN/NP-50B/EB-2KE-348/TSE-

3976-BVinyl, FEP(6F)PTFE(4F)

Wood long-term/GypsumGeneral purpose PS/CN-E W-1/N-1/SB tape Vinyl

General useTemperature CN/EB-2/NP-50B W-1/SB tape/KE-348 Vinyl, FEP(6F)

GOBLET

Gauge series selection chart

TML STRAIN GAUGE SELECTION

+80

+200

+80

+150

+200

−20

+200−20

+80−20

+60

+150−196

+200

+80ー196+80−20

−20

+150−196

+150−196+200−20

+200−20

+70−10

+80

+80−20

−20

+200

+80

+80−10

−20

ー196

−20

−20

+300

−30

+80−30

+300+200

+200

+80

+300

+800

+300

+200−60

−20 +60

ー196

+80−20

+800

+100+300

+200

−196

0

−20

−20−20

ー196ー196

ー269

+200−20

ー269

ー196

ー196

ー196

ー196

ー196

−196

for static +120 for dynamic +150UBF

TF

PMFLS

PFLW/PLW/LF

EF (2-/3-element)

for static +600 for dynamic +650

EF (Single element)

DSF

BF

GF

PM/PMFFLM/WFLM

P/PF

MF(2-/3-element)

(Single element)MF

YHFYEF/YF

BTMDD

QFLTFLT

QFCTFCTF

QFF

AW-6 ZF

AWCH (1 Gauge 4-wire)AWC

AW-6 (Quarter with 3-wire)

AWHU (Full bridge)

AWH (Full bridge)

AWMD (Full bridge) for dynamic

AWM (Quarter with 3-wire)

CF CEF EF(2-/3-axis)

EF(Single)

ZFQF

WFPF

F/

+80−20

−20 (Quarter with 3-wire/1 Gauge 4-wire)

+80

26

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

TML STRAIN GAUGE SELECTION

       

-196 to +200ºC for 2- /3-axis (EFCA/EFRA)

-20 300

-20 80

-100 -100

120

80

50

0

80-20

200

-30

-20 80

-200 100 200 300-300-300 -200 0 100 200 300

-196

-196 300

-196

800

650

-20

80-269

-196 200

200

-30

-20 100

300

80

80

60-269

150

150

80

200-20

-269 200

-196

-60 200

-30 80

-20

-20 80

0

-196

Strain gauges Coating materials

AWHU/AWMD

AWH

AWM/AW-6

AWCH-2

ZF

QF/BF

F/

UBF

GF

DSF

AWC

MF (Single axis)MF (2-/3-axis)

CFCEF

EF

F/YEF/YF

YHF

P/PFPLW/PFLW

TSE3976-B

KE-348WKE-348T

UE-1

N-1

SB tape

VM tape

K-1

W-1

NP-50B

C-1

P-2, RP-2

EB-2

CN

CN-E, CN-R

PS

A-2

CN-Y

EA-2A

Polyimide

PTFE(4F)*

FEP(6F)

Polyester

Cross-linkedPolyethylene

Cross-linkedvinylPolypropylene

Vinyl

Operating temperature range (°C)

static measurementdynamic measurement

Bonding adhesives Extension lead insulated materials

-50

-50

-40

-30

-20

-20

150

N.B.: PTFE(4F)Short term use of 300ºCavailable

(°C) (°C)

-30 300

200-269

-30

-60

-196

-30

-30

-30

-30

-269

180

200

120

120

100

100

50

80

-269

-269

-269

-196

-60

-20

-20

-20

300

260

200

200

125

100

100

80

250

GOBLET

27

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

general

Operating temperatureBondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensa-

tion Backing Grid

Single element (EFLA)

-196~+300°C +10~+150°C CN/EB-2 NP-50B/C-1

Poly-imide Ni-Cr 1%

(10,000)±1,500µɛ

1x106

2-/3-element (EFCA/EFRA)

-196~+200°C 0~+150°C CN/EB-2 NP-50B/C-1

Poly-imide Ni-Cr 1%

(10,000)±1,500µɛ

1x106

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-196~+150°C +10~+100°C CN/P-2EB-2

Special plastics Cu-Ni 5%

(50,000)±1,500µɛ

1x106

GENERAL USE F series Foil strain gauges (Option -F )

These gauges employ Cu-Ni alloy foils for the grid and special plastics for the backing. The plastic backing exhibits excellent electrical insulation performance, and is color coded to identify the objective material for self-temperature-compensation. Various types of strain gauges are available in addition to general use gauges. Strain gauges using lead-free solder are available in this series with option code -F. Please note that fatigue life of the gauge with the option may become shorter by lead-free solder. The value in the following table is not presented for the option.

General use P.43Residual stress measurement (Option -F) P.46Shearing strain measurement (Option -F) P.45Torque measurement (Option -F) P.45Glass/Ceramic materials (Option -F) P.46Stress concentration measurement (Option -F) P.48

F series Foil strain gauges with CE marking

Strain gauges compliant to RoHS2 Directive 2011/65/EU are added to the lineup in F series. They are supplied with CE marking as standard specification. Our logo GOBLET, which is an abbreviation of “Gauges Of Brilliant Lifespan and Environmentally Thoughtful”, is marked on the package of these gauges.

WATERPROOF CONSTRUCTION WF series strain gauges

These gauges eliminate the need for a moisture-proofing coating, which is sometimes troublesome in a field test. These have an integral vinyl leadwire, and whole area of the strain gauge and the leadwire junction are coated with epoxy resin. The coating is transparent and flexible, so the positioning and bonding works are very easy. By merely bonding the gauge with CN or P-2 adhesive, outdoor or underwater measurement for a short-term becomes possible. These gauges are also effective in eliminating the primary coating in case of applying a multi-layer coating.

HIGH TEMPERATURE USE EF Series strain gauges

These are polyimide backing strain gauges for high temperature use. The gauges have a miniature grid pattern required as strain gauges to measure the mechanical properties of printed circuit boards and mounting parts which are getting smaller.

HIGH & LOW TEMPERATURE USE CEF series strain gauges

These are strain gauges utilizing polyimide resin for the gauge backing and special alloy foil for the grid. These feature a wide range of operating temperature from cryogenic temperatue to +200°C. This series is available only in single axis configuration with gauge length of 1,3 and 6mm.

CRYOGENIC TEMPERATURE USE CF series strain gauge

These are foil strain gauges with epoxy backing designed for measurement under cryogenic conditions. These are available in single element, rectangular 2-element and 45° rectangular 3-element configurations with 350Ω resistance. The specially selected and heat treated grid of these gauges shows very small zero shift under cryogenic temperature compared to conventional strain gauges.

WELDABLE TYPE AW series strain gaugesThese strain gauges have strain sensing elements fully encapsulated in corrosion-resisting metal tubes made of stainless steel or Inconel (except AW-6-350). The strain gauge backings are also made of the same material, and the gauges are installed by spot welding to metal specimens using a dedicated spot welder. The maximum operating temperature is 800°C for the AWHU. These gauges are suited to measurement in high temperature, harsh environments such as underwater or gas-filled atmosphere, or for a long period of time. The AWC-2B and AWCH-2 adopt 1-gauge 4-wire strain measurement method.AWM-8 Quarter bridge with 3-wire system

AWMD-5, AWMD-8 Full bridge for dynamic measurement

HIGH TEMPERATURE USE QF series strain gauges

These are foil strain gauges having a polyimide resin backing, which exhibits excellent performance in high temperature up to 200°C. Stress concentration measurement gauges and shear stress measurement gauges are also available in this series.

P.43

P.52

P.53

P.56

P.59

P.57

P.55

P.56

TML STRAIN GAUGE SELECTION

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

0~+80°C +10~+80°C CN/P-2 Epoxy Cu-Ni 3%(30,000)

±1,500µɛ3x104

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-20~+200°C +10~+100°C CN/NP-50B/C-1 Polyimide Cu-Ni 3%

(30,000)±1,500µɛ

1x106

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-20~+300°C +10~+100°C CN/NP-50B/C-1 Polyimide Ni-Cr 1%

(10,000)±1,500µɛ

1x106

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-269~+200°C -196~+80°C CN/C-1EA-2A

Poly-imide

Special alloy

1%(10,000)

±1500µɛ1x106

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-269~+80°C -196~+80°C CN/C-1EA-2A

S p e c i a l plastics

Special alloy

1%(10,000)

±1,500µɛ1x106

Operating temperature Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-196~+300°C RT~+ 300°C(RT: Room Temp.)

SUS304Inconel

Special alloy

1%(10,000)

±1,000µɛ1x106

Operating temperature Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-196~+800°C N/A SUS304Inconel

Special alloy

1%(10,000)

±1,000µɛ1x106

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-196~+150°C +10~+100°C CN/P-2EB-2

Special plastics Cu-Ni 5%

(50,000)±1,500µɛ

1x106

P.48

HIGH TEMPERATURE USE ZF series strain gauges

These strain gauges are designed for measurement in high temperature up to 300°C. They utilize specially designed Ni-Cr alloy foil for the grid and polyimide resin for the gauge backing. Owing to the construction, these strain gauges are successfully used for measurement in high temperature.

AWH-4, AWH-8 Full bridge for static measurement Full bridge for dynamic measurement

Operating temperature Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

Static measurement -196~+600°CDynamic's -196~+650°C

Static measurementRT~+ 600°C

Dynamic's RT~+ 650°C

SUS321lnconel

Special alloy

0.6%(6,000)

±1,000µɛ1x106

GOBLET

28

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

ASHPHALT USE, EMBEDMENT TYPE PMFLS series Asphalt Mold strain gauges

The gauges are embedded in asphalt and used for strain measurement in loading test such as rolling compaction. The material of the backing is super engineering plastics featuring high temperature resistivity and waterproofing performance. The gauges withstand a high temperature up to 200°C during placement of asphalt, while the operating temperature range is ‒20 to +60°C.

ASPHALT PAVEMENT CIVIL ENGINEERING USE KM-HAS Strain TransducerThis transducer is embedded into asphalt for measurement of the internal strain. It has flanges with reinforcing bars on its both ends for good fixation to asphalt pavement materials. The operating temperature range of the transducer is ‒20 to +180°C, and it has a fully waterproof construction.

PM series Mold strain gauge Embedment type

These gauges are designed exclusively for the measurement of internal strain of concrete or mortar under loading test. These are embedded into the measurement position when the concrete or mortar is placed. These gauges have a construction of the sensing element sealed into the backing made of acrylic resin for waterproofing.

PMF series Mold strain gauge Embedment type

These gauges are designed for the measurement of internal strain of concrete or mortar under loading test. These can also be used for short-term measurement of the behavior of concrete. These are embedded into the measurement position when the concrete or mortar is placed. These employ super engineering plastics as the backing for sealing the sensing element, which provides excellent waterproofing. A temprature-integrated type PMFL-T is available for measurement of both strain and temperature using our data loggers. *For long-term measurement of concrete structures, the use of Strain Transducer KM is recommended.

P.65

P.65

P.66

P.66

P.68

CONCRETE MATERIAL CIVIL ENGINEERING USE KM Strain Transducer

The KM series are embedment type transducers designed for measurement of internal strain of materials such as concrete and synthetic resin not only in their hardened state but also in curing process. The apparent elastic modulus is as low as approx. 40N/mm², and they are ideally suited to strain measurement during the very early stage of curing (except KM-A and KM-AT). They are totally impervious to moisture absorption producing excellent stability for long-term strain measurement. The KM-100B and KM-100BT are also applicable to measurement of surface strain of steel or concrete structures by using optional collars for surface installation.The KM series are compliant to CE marking except for KM-30 and KM-50F.

P.69

P.68

P.70

TML STRAIN GAUGE SELECTION

WELDABLE TYPE AW series strain gauges

AWHU-5, AWHU-8 Fulll bridge for static & dynamic

AW-6-350-11-4FB01LT Quarter bridge with 3-wire system

AWC-2B-11-3LQSA 1-Gauge 4-Wire

AWC-8B-11-3LTSB Quarter bridge with 3-wire system

AWCH-2-11-MI2L-05LQSA 1-Gauge 4-Wire

Operating temperature Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

For static/dynamic-196~+800°C RT~+ 800°C Inconel Special

alloy1%

(10,000)±1,000µɛ

1x106

Operating temperature Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-196~+300°C +10~+100°C SUS304 Special 0.5%(5,000)

±1,000µɛ1x106

Operating temperature Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-20~+100°C 0~+100°C SUS304 Special 0.5%(5,000)

±1,000µɛ1x106

Operating temperature Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-20~+100°C +10~+100°C SUS304 Special 0.5%(5,000)

±1,000µɛ1x106

Operating temperature Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-196~+200°C 0~+150°C SUS304 Special 0.5%(5,000)

±1,000µɛ1x106

CONCRETE MATERIAL USE P series Polyester wire strain gauges

These are wire strain gauges utilizing a transparent plastic backing impregnated with polyester resin. The gauge length is available in 3 steps of 60, 90 and 120mm, so it is suited to the measurement of concrete strain. Since the backing is transparent, the bonding position can easily be checked in the installation works.

PF series Polyester foil strain gauges

These are foil strain gauges utilizing a polyester resin backing which is the same as the P series. The gauge length is available in 3 steps of 10, 20 and 30mm, so it is suited mainly to strain measurement on concrete or mortar. The backing is transparent and the installation is easy.

FLM/WFLM series Metal backing strain gauges

These strain gauges have thin stainless steel backings which prevent the penetration of moisture from the reverse sides. These constructions are aimed for successful strain measurement on concrete surface. The WFLM gauges have moisture proofing over-coating and integral leadwire in addition to the stainless steel backing. These are intended for long term measurement or measurement on underwater-curing conctrete.

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-20~+80°C +10~+80°C CN-ERP-2,PS Polyester Cu-Ni

wire2%

(20,000)±1,000µɛ

1x105

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-20~+80°C +10~+80°C CN-E, PS RP-2 Polyester Cu-Ni 2%

(20,000)±1,500µɛ

1x106

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-20~+80°C +10~+80°C PS SUS304 Ni-Cr 0.5%(5,000)

±1,000µɛ1x105

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-20~+60°C N/A Embed-ment Acrylic Cu-Ni

wire N/A N/A

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-20~+60°C N/A Embed-ment

S p e c i a l plastics

Cu-Ni foil N/A N/A

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-20~+60°C N/A Embed-ment

S p e c i a l plastics Cu-Ni N/A N/A

P.62

29

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

WOOD MATERIAL USE FOR LONG TERM OF PERIOD PFLW and PLW series strain gauges These gauges are specially designed for long term measurement on wood. It has a metal foil lined on the back of the PFL or PL strain gauge. The metal foil is effective to protect the strain gauge from an influence of moisture in the wood.

LOW ELASTIC MODULUS MATERIAL USE GF series strain gauges for plastics

These gauges are suited for the measurement on materials such as plastics, which have low elastic modulus compared to metal. The specially designed grid reduces the stiffening effect of the strain gauges to the specimen material, and also reduce the effect of Joule heat in the strain gauges. This series is available with self-temperature-compensation for the material having a coefficient of thermal expansion of 50 or 70×10-6/°C.

LF series strain gauges for wood gypsum These are foil strain gauges for the measurement on materials having low elastic modulus such as wood or gypsum. These specially designed grid reduces the stiffening effect of the strain gauges to the specimen material. They have a backing made of epoxy resin. These gauges are temperature-compensated for the material having a coefficient of thermal expansion of 11× 10-6 /°C

P.73

P.72

P.73HIGH ENDURANCE STRAIN GAUGE DSF series strain gauge

These gauges are designed for fatigue test in high stress level. The gauges satisfy the fatigue life over 10 million times at a strain level of ±3000. These are available for use in cyclic loading test of composite materials.

P.74

P.76

P.75

P.78

POST-YIELD (Large strain) MEASUREMENT YEF series Post-yield strain gauges These gauges are applicable to the measurement of large strain up to 10~15%. Also they withstand the repeated strain in elastic range (at strain level ±1500×10-6) like ordinary strain gauges. However, these are not applicalble to the measurement of repeated strain in a large range.

P.75

TML STRAIN GAUGE SELECTION

COMPOSITE MATERIAL USE UBF series Composite strain gauges

These are strain gauges developed for measurement on composite materials. These have a specially designed grid pattern to reduce the stiffening effect of the strain gauge. In addition, owing to the development of gauge backing with better compliance, the number of repetition in thermal cycling test and the creep characteristics have been significantly improved compared to conventional strain gauges.

BF series Composite strain gauges

These are foil strain gauges designed for measurement on composite mateirals. These have a specially designed grid pattern to enable small stiffening effect and excellent performance in strain measurement up to 200°C. This series is available with self-temperature-compensation for a material having coefficient of thermal expansion of 3,5 or 8×10-6/°C. This series is recommended for use on ceramic, carbon and composite materials.

P.71

P.71

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compen-

sation Backing Grid

Static measurement-30~+120°C

Dynamic's-30~+150°C

N/A C N / N P -50B/EB-2

Polyimide amide Cu-Ni 3%

(30,000)±1,500µɛ

1x106

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-20~+200°C +10~+80°C C N / N P -50B/EB-2 Polyimide Cu-Ni 3%

(30,000)±1,500µɛ

1x106

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-20~+80°C +10~+80°C CN S p e c i a l plastics Cu-Ni 3%

(30,000)±1,500µɛ

1x106

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-20~+80°C +10~+80°C CN-E Spec ia l plastics Cu-Ni 3%

(30,000)±1,500µɛ

1x106

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-20~+80°C +10~+80°C PS Polyester Cu-Ni 2%(20,000)

±1,000µɛ1x105

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-20~+80°C N/A CN/CN-E RP-2

Spec ia l plastics Ni-Cr 1%

(10,000)±1,500µɛ

1x106

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-20~+120°CN/A

CN/CN-EPoly-imide Ni-Cr 1%

(10,000)±1,500µɛ

1x106-20~+200°C N P - 5 0 B /EB-2/C-1

Operating temperatureBondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-20~+80°C N/A CN/CN-Y Specialplastics Cu-Ni

15~20%(150,000~200,000)

N/A

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-20~+80°C N/A CN/CN-Y Specialplastics Cu-Ni

10~15%(100,000~150,000)

±1,500µɛ5x105

Operating temperatureBondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-30~+80°C N/A CN/CN-Y Specialplastics

Special alloy

30~40%(300,000~400,000)

±1,500µɛ2x104

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-60~+200°C N/A CN/EB-2C-1 Polyimide Special

alloy1%

(10,000)±3,000µɛ

1x107

MAGNETIC FIELD USE MF series strain gauges

These gauges are designed for strain measurement in the magnetic field. The gauges have a sensing element material which exhibits low magnetoresistance. In addition, the sensing element consists of two identical grids with one grid folded back on another. This construction makes the strain gauges less sensitive to the influence of the alternating field. These gauges have a twisted leadwire pre-attached which is also effective to avoid the influence of the alternating field. The 2-element and 3-element gauges of this series are usable in high temperature up to 200°C. Single element with twisted Vinyl leadwire of 1m

2- /3-axis element stacked Rosette, with 3-wire twisted Fluorinated (FEP) resin leadwire of 1m

YF series Post-yield strain gauges    These gauges are applicable to the measurement of large strain up to 15 to 20%. The gauges are not applicable to the measurement of repeated strain in elastic modulus range as well as in large range.

YHF series Post-yield strain gauges These gauges are developed for the measurement of very large strain up to 30~40%. These are not applicable to the measurement of repeated strain in elastic modulus range as well as in large range.

30

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

ONE-SIDE STRAIN MEASUREMENT DD series One-side strain gauges

These gauges are intended for measuring the bending and tensile strains separately by simply bonding the gauges on one side of a plate or beam. These work on the assumption that the strain distribution in the section of the specimen is linear along the height of the section when the section is subjected to both tensile and bending stress. These gauges are effectively used for the measurement of a box construction in structures such as bridges or pressure vessels, where the reverse side of the measurement object is not accessible for strain gauge installation.

general

Operating temperatureBondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-20~+200°C N/A CN/NP-50B/C-1 Polyimide Ni alloy N/A N/A

CRACK DETECTION GAUGE FAC series Crack detection gauges

These gauges are designed to measure the propagation speed of fatigue crack in a metal specimen. The gauges are bonded with an adhesive on the position where the crack is initiated or the crack initiation is expected. The grids of the gauges, which are aligned with interval of 0.1mm or 0.5mm, are disconnected one by one with the propagation of the crack. The gauges are used together with the crack gauge adaptor CGA-120B, and the disconnection of one grid is measured as the change of approx. 45 or 40× 10-6 strain by a strainmeter.

STRESS GAUGE SF series Stress gauges

These gauges are intended to measure the stress in an optional direction of the specimen in plane stress field. The gauges are sensitive not only in their axial direction but also in their transverse direction, and the sensitivity ratio of the transverse direction to the axial direction is equal to the Poisson’s ratio of the specimen material. In addition, the gauges are not sensitive to the shearing strain. Accordingly, the output of the gauges is proportional to the stress in the axial direction. The gauges are available in three types depending on the Poisson’s ratio of the specimen material.

TEMPERATURE GAUGE TF series Temperature gauge

These gauges are bonded on the specimen surface like ordinary strain gauges, and measure the surface temperature. By combining with the dedicated temperature gauge adaptor (TGA-1A or TGA-1B), actual temperature can be measured easily using a strainmeter.

BOLT AXIAL STRAIN MEASUREMENTEMBEDMENT TYPE BTM series Bolt strain gauges

These gauges are used for measurement of tensile strain of bolt. These are simply inserted into a pre-drilled hole in the bolt head together with A-2 bonding adhesive and cured. The gauge series is recommendable if an ordinary strain gauge cannot be mounted on the bolt surface. Accurate tensile force measurement is possible by calibrating the bolt after installing the bolt gauges.

TRANSDUCER-SPESIFIC STRAIN GAUGES

TML strain gauges are used not only for the purpose of knowing strain/stress but also as sensors for strain gauge type transducers. A strain gauge type transducer converts physical quantity such as load, pressure or displacement into mechanical strain on the strain generating body (elastic body), and the mechanical strain is converted into electrical output using strain gauges mounted on the elastic body. We offer various types of transducer-specific strain gauges featuring highly reliable and stable performance.

P.78

P.79

P.79

P.80

P.83

P.81

BTMC series Bolt strain gaugesThe BTMC series is also available for measurement of tensile strain of bolt, while it is designed with tube shape sensing element to be easily bonded by fast-room-temperature curing CN adhesive. Accurate tensile force measurement is possible by calibrating the bolt after installing the bolt gauges.

FRICTIONAL STRAIN GAUGES FGAH-1B Axial Strain Transducer

This is a transducer to measure the axial strain of the steering tie-rod of a car or the tension rod of a structure. Since frictional strain gauges are used in this transducer, installation is completed and it gets ready for measurement by merely pinching the tie-rod with the transducer, without detaching the tie-rod. In addition, there is no need of technical skill and complicated works for attaching strain gauges on the tie-rod.

FGDH Frictional Torque Sensor System (Digital telemetry)

This is a sensor system to measure torque on the drive shaft of a car. Frictional strain gauges are used as sensing elements, and installation is completed by merely pinching the shaft with the system. There is no need of detaching the shaft, bonding and wiring strain gauges for the installation. In addition, since a telemetry transmitter with battery is built in the system, measured data are transferred to an exclusive receiver by wireless and output as analog signals. The system is applicable to shafts having diameter of 20mm to 30mm using spacers together, which are available as optional items. For wireless transmission, the FGDH-2A uses 315MHz band extremely low power radio wave while the FGDH-3A uses 2.4GHz band advanced low power radio communication system.

FGMH series Strain Checker

An ordinary strain gauge picks up the strain generated in the specimen through the adhesive layer. The Strain Checker FGMH picks up the strain through the frictional force working on the contact surface of the frictional strain gauge by pressing the gauge against the structure with magnetic force. The checker can be easily fixed on the position of interest and immediately get ready for strain measurement. The FGMH-1B is a standard type of small and lightweight construction. The FGMH-2A features measurement in a narrow place such as near a welding point. These are for single axis measurement. The FGMH-3A is a 3-element type of 0°/45°/90° rectangular rosette configuration.

auto

auto

P.95

P.92

P.93

P.83

TML STRAIN GAUGE SELECTION

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-10~+70°C N/A CN, P-2 Acrylic Cu-Ni 0.15%(1,500)

±1,000µɛ1x105

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-30~+80°C N/A CN, RP-2 Spec ia l plastics Cu-Ni N/A N/A

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-20~+200°C +10~+100°C C N / N P -50B/C-1 Polyimide Cu-Ni N/A ±1,500µɛ

1x106

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-10~+80°C N/A A-2 Specialplastics Cu-Ni 0.5%

(5,000) N/A

Operating temperature Bondingadhesive

Materials Strain limit(µƐ)

Fatigue lifeStrain levelNo. of cyclesNormal Compensation Backing Grid

-10~+80°C N/A CN Specialplastics Cu-Ni 0.5%

(5,000) N/A

31

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

PRIMARY INSTALLATIONS - Bonding strain gauges

When bonding the strain gauges, the most suitable adhesive should be selected for each application. A typical installation procedure is described below using the fast-curing adhesive CN.

1. PreparationThe following items are required for bonding and leadwire connection: Strain gauges, bonding adhesive, connecting terminals, test specimen, solvent, cleaning tissue for industrial use, soldering iron, solder, abrasive paper (120 -320 grit), marking pencil, scale, tweezers, extension leadwire, polyethylene sheet, nippers.

2. PositioningRoughly determine a location on the test specimen where the strain gauge is to be bonded.

3. Surface preparationBefore bonding, remove all grease, rust, paint, etc., from the bonding area to provide a shinny metallic surface. Use abrasive paper to abrade an area somewhat larger than the bonding area uniformly and finely with abrasive paper. Finish the surface with #120 to 180 abrasive paper for steel, or #240 to 320 for aluminium.

4. Fine cleaningClean the abraded surface with industrial tissue or cloth soaked in a small quantity of chemical solvent such as acetone. Continue cleaning until a new tissue or cloth comes away completely free of contamination. Following the suface preparation, be sure to attach the gauge before the surface becomes covered with an oxidizing membrane or becomes newly contaminated.

5. Applying bonding adhesiveDrop a proper amount of adhesive onto the back of the gauge base. Usually one drop of adhesive will suffice, but you may increase the number of drops according to the size of the gauge. Use the adhesive nozzle to spread the adhesive over the back surface thinly and uniformly.

ADHESIVENET 2gCYA

7. Raising gauge leadsAfter the adhesive beneath the polyethylene sheet has been perfectly cured, raise the gauge leads. Raise the leads up to a bit inside the gauge base. Solder pressing down the foot of the leads by tweezers not to damage the leads..

8. Bonding connecting terminals

Foil type connecting terminals

9. Soldering the gauge leads

10. Soldering leadwiresIt is recommended to plate the exposed core wires of the extension leadwires with solder preliminarily.

6. Curing and pressingPlace the gauge on the position, place a polyethylene sheet onto it and press down on the gauge constantly using your thumb or a gauge clamp. This should be done quickly as the curing process is completed very fast. The curing time varies depending on the gauge, test specimen, temperature, humidity and pressing force. The curing time under normal conditions is 20-60 seconds.

Bond the terminal close to the gauge base.

Place the gauge leads on the gauge terminal with a little slack and apply solder so that the metal foil of terminal is covered with the solder. An excess gauge leads should be twisted off by tweezers.

Solder the end of leadwire to the terminals. Take care not to excessively heat the terminal to peel off the metal foil.

Gauge leads hold down

Gauge lead ends lift up

Polyethylene sheet

Leadwires

Solvent

32

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

PRIMARY INSTALLATIONS - Overcoating strain gauges

Water- and Moisture-proofing with SB tape and VM tape

First coating with SB tapeTrimming the SB tapeWith scissors, cut off one piece of tape large enough to cover the coating area and another piece 5mm to 10mm in length to fit under the leadwires.

Both of the SB and VM tapes are butyl rubber tape generally referred to as pressure-sensitive adhesive. These coating tapes are applied by being pressed onto the test specimen, and they provide excellent resistance to moisture and water.

Under-layingLift up the leadwires and press the smaller piece of tape onto the test specimen surface under the leadwires.

Overall coatingPress the leadwires back down onto the piece of SB tape and then press the larger piece of coating tape down onto the strain gauge.

Finish coating with VM tapeCut a piece of VM tape slightly larger than the layer of SB tape coating and press it down onto the place so that the first coating is fully covered by the VM tape.

Requirement in strain gauge coatings• Excellent resistance to moisture and water and good

electrical insulation• Good adhesion to the strain gauge, leadwires and test

specimen surface• No constriction of the test specimen

SB tape VM tapeButyl rubberTemperature : -30 to +80°CContents : 10mm×3mm 5m long/roll

Butyl rubberTemperature : -20 to +80°CContents : 38mm×1mm 6m long/roll

Example for leadwire integrated strain gauge

33

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Strain gauges are connected to strain measuring instruments using extension leadwires. We offer various types of leadwires to be selected depending on the usage conditions. In addition, most of TML strain gauges are available with extension leadwires preattached at our factory. Those leadwire-integrated strain gauges greatly save the leadwire connection works during the strain gauge installation. Please feel free to contact TML or local representative for the extension leadwires and the leadwire-integrated strain gauges.Standard leadwire length for leadwire-integrated strain gaugesStandard length of our integral leadwires is 1m, 3m and 5m except enamel leadwires. The standard length of enamel leadwires are 0.3m, 0.5m and 1m. Other lengths than the standard length may be available on request. The enamel leadwires are not available in a length more than 1m.

·OPTION -F Leadwire with CE markingLeadwire with CE marking (compliant to RoHS2 Directive)Identification code “-F” is appended to the type number of the leadwire.

Type number of leadwires(Option code -F for CE marking)

Core/Diameter(cross section)

Applicabletemperature

Total resist-ance of lead

wireOuter insulated dimensions

Length per roll Colors

0.08mm2 paralleled vinyl lead wire LJB/LJB-F

7/0.12(0.08mm2) -20 ~+80°C 0.44Ω/m

1.1 x 2.2mm200m

for Red

400mfor others

Red, White, Green, Black, Yellow Blue, Red-White

0.08mm2 3-wire paralleled vinyl leadwire LJBT/LJBT-F

1.1 x 3.3mmWhite wire and whichever color Blue, Orange, Red, Green, Black or Yellow stripe is selectable.(*)

0.08mm2 twisted vinyl leadwire LJA7/0.12

(0.08mm2) -20 ~+80°C 0.44Ω/mφ 1.6mm

-Red, Green, Yellow

0.08mm2 3-wire twisted vinyl leadwire LJATφ 1.9mm Red-Green-Ye l low, Red-

Green-Blue, Red-Green-White

0.11mm2 paralleled vinyl lead wire LJC/LJC-F

10/0.12(0.11mm2) -20 ~+80°C 0.32Ω/m

1.4 x 2.8mm 200m Grey

0.11mm2 3-wire paralleled vinyl leadwire LJCT/LJCT-F 1.4 x 4.2mm 100m Grey, One wire with Blue

stripe (*)

0.3mm2 paralleled vinyl leadwire LJD

12/0.8(0.3mm2) -20 ~+80°C 0.12Ω/m

1.9 x 3.8mm 200m Grey

0.3mm2 3-wire paralleled vinyl leadwire LJDT1.9 x 5.7mm 100m White, One wire with Red

stripe (*)

0.5mm2 paralleled vinyl leadwire LJG

20/0.8(0.5mm2) -20 ~+80°C 0.07Ω/m

2.5 x 5.0mm100m

Grey

0.5mm2 3-wire paralleled vinyl leadwire LJGT2.1 x 6.3mm White, One wire with Blue

stripe (*)

0.02mm2 twisted vinyl leadwire LH

5/0.07(0.02mm2) -20 ~+100°C 1.8 Ω/m

φ 0.8mm-

Red, Green, White

0.02mm2 3-wire twisted vinyl leadwire LHTφ 1.0mm Red-Green-White

3.2mm-dia. 2-core shielded vinyl leadwire LS 7/0.12 (0.08mm2) -20 ~+80°C 0.44Ω/m φ 3.2mm 200m Outer : Red, White or Green

Core wire : Red-Black-White

3mm-dia. 3-core shielded vinyl leadwire LTSA7/0.12

(0.08mm2) -20 ~+80°C 0.1 Ω/m φ 3mm 200mOuter insulated: BlackCore wire insulated: Red-Black-White

5mm-dia. 3-core shielded vinyl leadwire LTSB7/0.26

(0.3mm2) -20 ~+80°C 0.1Ω/m φ 5mm 200m White, One wire with Red, Blue or Black stripe (*)

0.08mm2 polypropyrene 4-wire paralleled leadwire LQM/LQM-F 7/0.12

(0.08mm2) -20 ~+100°C 0.44Ω/m 0.9 x 4.0mm 200m White, One wire with Red stripe (*)

N.B.: * Stripe is for distinction of independent wire in quarter bridge.

¶ Vinyl leadwires Vinyl leadwires are widely used as strain gauge leadwires, and are available in a variety of types. Because the vinyl insulation can be colored, these wires allow color-coding for rosette gauges. Stranded core wires are flexible and easy to handle, and allow easy wire connection and terminal attachment.·Small diameter vinyl wires (Code to order -LH, -LHT)These leadwires feature a thin vinyl insulated materials and small diameter core wires to achieve an outside diameter of 0.4mm. They are used for wiring in tight spaces. The stranded wires are flexible and minimize breakage due to repeated bending.·Shielded vinyl wires (Code to order -LTSA, -LTSB)These are 3-core wires with shield made of aluminium foil or braided copper wire. The outer insulation is made of vinyl. These leadwires offer a noise shielding function.

STRAIN GAUGE EXTENSION LEADWIRES

Leadwire selection

34

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

34

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

¶ Enamel leadwires Enamel leadwires have a single core insulated with a resin. Heat resistance and handling methods vary depending on resin. Because the wire mass and diameter are small, enamel leadwires are used for strain measurement of rotating specimens and/or measurement of multiple points located in close proximity. Since the enamel leadwire contains one core covered with a thin resin, it must be handled with care.·Polyurethane leadwires

Polyurethane leadwires allow easy post-processing because the resin can be removed with a soldering iron. The resin is not strong, therefore, polyurethane wires must be handled with special care.

·Polyester leadwires Polyester leadwires are harder than polyurethane wires, it cannot be removed with a soldering iron.

·Polyimide leadwires Polyimide leadwires are harder than the polyester wire. A soldering iron cannot be used for post-processing.)

Leadwire type Core/Diameter Applicable temperature

Total resistance of leadwire

Outer insulated dimensions Colors

0.14mm-dia. Polyurethane leadwire LP/LP-F 1/0.14-10 ~+120°C

2.5Ω/m φ 0.16mmRed, Brown, Green

0.18mm-dia. Polyurethane leadwire LP/LP-F 1/0.18 1.5Ω/m φ 0.20mm

0.14mm-dia. Polyester leadwire LU/LU-F 1/0.14-196 ~+200°C

2.5Ω/m φ 0.16mmBrown

0.18mm-dia. Polyester leadwire LU/LU-F 1/0.18 1.5Ω/m φ 0.20mm

0.14mm-dia. Polyimide leadwire LE/LE-F 1/0.14-269 ~+300°C

2.5Ω/m φ 0.16mmBrown

0.18mm-dia. Polyimide leadwire LE/LE-F 1/0.18 1.5Ω/m φ 0.20mm

¶ Cross-linked Vinyl leadwiresThe cross-linked vinyl insulation provides improved resistance against environmental elements. It is often used for underwater measurement in ordinary temperature.

¶ Cross-linked Polyethylene leadwires The cross-linked polyethylene leadwire offers higher durability than the cross-linked vinyl leadwire. Cross-linked polyethylene leadwires can be used in steam, warm water and concrete with virtually no insulation degradation.

Leadwire type Core/Diameter (Cross section)

Applicabletemperature

Total resistance of leadwire

Outer insulated dimensions

Lengthper roll Colors

2-wire twisted cross-linked vinyl leadwire LJRA7/0.16

(0.14mm2)-20 ~+100°C

0.24Ω/m φ 3.0mm White

3-wire twisted cross-linked vinyl leadwire LJRTA7/0.127

(0.09mm2) 0.4Ω/m φ 2.0mm 200m Red-Green-Black

3-wire twisted cross-linked polyethylene leadwire LJQTA 7/0.127

(0.09mm2) -65 ~+125°C 0.4Ω/m φ 2.0mmRed-Yellow-BlackRed-Yellow-BlueRed-Yellow-White

¶ Special leadwire for temperature-integrated gauge Special leadwire for temperature-integrated gauge consists of 2-core copper and 1-core constantan. To extend this wire, the exclusive leadwire should be applied properly.

Leadwire type Core/Diameter(Cross section)

Applicable temperature

Total resistance of leadwire

Outer insulated dimensions

Length per roll Colors

Temperature-integrated 3-wire paralleled vinyl leadiwre TLJBT/TLJBT-F 7/0.12

(0.08mm2) -20 ~+80°C 0.44Ω/m 1.2x3.6mm Red-White-Blue

Temperature-integrated 4-wire paralleled vinyl leadwire TLQ 7/0.12

(0.08mm2) -20 ~+80°C 0.44Ω/m 1.2x4.8mm Red-Green-White-Blue

Temperature-integrated 3-wire twisted fluorinated resin (FEP) leadwire 6FB_TLT 1/0.2 -269 ~+200°C 1.05Ω/m φ 1.1mm Red-White-Blue

Type number of leadwires(Option code -F for CE marking)

Core/Diameter(cross section)

Applicabletemperature

Total resist-ance of lead

wireOuter insulated dimensions

L e n g t h per roll Colors

0.08mm2 vinyl 4-wire paralleled leadwire LBQM/LBQM-F 7/0.12

(0.08mm2) -20 ~+80°C 0.44Ω/m 1.0 x 4.0mm 200m

3-wire paralleled special vinyl leadwire LXT/ LXT-F 7/0.12

(0.08mm2) -20 ~+150°C 0.44Ω/m 0.9 x 2.7mm 200m Red-Black-White

STRAIN GAUGE EXTENSION LEADWIRES

35

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

35

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Leadwire

ConstructionDimension Code to

ordera b

2-wire paralleled

7/0.12 1.1 2.2 -LJB/-LJB-F10/0.12 1.4 2.8 -LJC/-LJC-F

2-wiretwisted

7/0.12 0.8 - -LJA5/0.07 0.4 - -LH

3-wireparalleled

7/0.12 1.1 3.3 -LJBT/-LJBT-F10/0.12 1.4 4.2 -LJCT/-LJCT-F

3-wiretwisted 7/0.12 0.8 -LJAT

Most TML strain gauges are available with extension leadwires pre-attached for customer convenience. We have several methods for connecting leadwires to be chosen depending on conditions such as the type of strain gauge and leadwire, measurement environments and so on.

Different joints·Integral type

A vinyl leadwire is jointed to polyimide insulaed gauge leads of a strain gauge. The solder joints are covered with the vinyl insulation of the leadwire. This is our standard method of integral leadwire attachment.

·Heat-shrinkable tubingA soldered joint between gauge leads and leadwire is protected with a heat shrinkable tube. The heat shrinkable tubes are available in three ratings of temperature among 80°C, 200°C and 260°C.

·Connecting terminals joint typeGauge leads and leadwires are jointed using foil shape connecting terminals. Measurement in high temperature is possible by using a high temperature solder with melting point of 300°C or more for the joint.

·Insulation film typeA soldered joint between gauge leads and leadwires is covered with an insulation film of glass cloth base. The film is resistive to heat up to 300°C, so this method is suited to measurement in high temperature.

·Direct typeA vinyl leadwire is jointed directly to gauge leads, which are made of nickel plated copper. The solder joints are covered with vinyl insulation of a leadwire up to the end of the gauge base.

b

a

Polyimide insulation

Gauge lead length approx. 15mm

Integral type

2-wire

3-wire

Cross section Vinyl leadwire

Vinyl leadwire

¶ Fluorinated resin leadwire With a fluorinated resin leadwires, these leadwires can be used in a wide range of temperature from extremely low to high temperatures. Fluorinated resin resists most chemicals. A surface treatment (tetra-etching) is not required by 6FAS_LT(-F).

Leadwire type Core/Diameter (Cross section)

Applicabletemperature

Total resistance of leadwire

Outer insulated dimensions

Length per roll*1

Suffix code of leadwire Colors

3-wire twisted fluorinated resin (FEP) insulated leadwire 6FA_LT/6FA_LT-F 7/0.18

(0.18mm2) -269 ~+200°C 0.2Ω/m φ 2.0mm 100m -6FA_LT*2 Red-Green-Blue

3-wire twisted fluorinated resin (FEP) insulated leadwire 6FAS_LT/6FAS_LT-F 7/0.18

(0.18mm2) -269 ~+200°C 0.2Ω/m φ 2.0mm 100m -6FAS_LT Red-Green-Blue

3-wire twisted fluorinated resin (FEP) insulated leadwire 6FB_LT/6FB_LT-F 1/0.2

(0.09mm2) -269 ~+200°C 1.2Ω/m φ 1.1mm - -6FB_LT Red-Green-Blue

3-wire twisted fluorinated resin (FEP) insulated leadwire 6FC_LT/6FC_LT-F 7/0.08

(0.04mm2) -269 ~+200°C 1.1Ω/m φ 1.1mm - -6FC_LT Red-Black-White

3-wire twisted fluorinated resin (FEP) insulated leadwire 6FD_LTS/6FD_LTS-F 7/0.08

(0.04mm2) -269 ~+200°C 1.1Ω/m φ 1.1mm - -6FD_LTS Red-Black-White

3-wire twisted f luorinated resin (PTFE) insulated leadwire 4FA_LT/4FA_LT-F 7/0.16

(0.14mm2)-269 ~+260°C*3 0.24Ω/m φ 1.9mm 100m -4FA_LT*4 Red-Grey-White

3-wire twisted f luorinated resin (PTFE) insulated leadwire 4FB_LT/4FB_LT-F 1/0.2 -269 ~+260°C 1.05Ω/m φ 1.1mm - -4FB_LT*4 Red-Black-White

N.B.: *1 : Leadwires are sold by one roll each *2 : _LT is filled with required length *3 : PTFE leadwire is available in 300ºC for short- term use. *4 : Suffix code LT (CT) is provided with connecting terminal joint, and another LT(TA) with insulation film

HOW ARE INTEGRAL LEADWIRES JOINTED

STRAIN GAUGE EXTENSION LEADWIRES

36

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Leadwire Heat-shrinkable tubeCode to

orderConstruction Dimen-sion

DimensionL H W

3-wire twisted

7/0.12 φ 3.0 10 2 4 -LTSA

7/0.26 φ 5.0 12.5 3 6 -LTSB

FEP (Fluorinated-ethylenepropylene)

3-wire twisted

1/0.2 φ 1.1 11 2 2 -6FB_LT

7/0.18 φ 2.0 11 3 4 -6FA_LT

PTFE (Polytetra- fluoroethylene)3-wire twisted

1/0.2 φ 1.1 11 2 2 -4FB_LT

7/0.16 φ 1.9 11 2.5 4 -4FA_LT

Cross section

LeadwireCode to order

Construction Dimen-sion

PTFE(Polytetrafluoro-ethylene) 3-wire twisted 7/0.16 φ 1.9 -4FA_LT (CT)

PTFE(Polytetrafluoro-ethylene) 3-wire twisted 1/0.2 φ 1.1 -4FB_LT (CT)

Leadwire Code to orderConstruction Dimension

Vinyl leadwire2-wire twisted 7/0.12 φ 1.6 -LDA

Leadwire FilmC o d e t o

orderConstruction Dimen-sion

DimensionL H W

PTFE(Polytetra- fluoroethylene)3-wire twisted

7/0.16 φ 1.9 13 1.5 4 -4FA_LT(TA)

PTFE(Polytetra- fluoroethylene)3-wire twisted

1/0.2 φ 1.1 13 1.5 4 -4FB_LT(TA)

L

L

Leadwire Heat-shrinkable tubeCode to

orderConstructionDimension Dimension

a b L H W

2-wire paralleled

12/0.18 1.9 3.8 11 3 6 -LJD

20/0.18 2.5 5.0 12 3.5 7 -LJG

3-wireparalleled

12/0.18 1.9 5.7 11 3 7 -LJDT20/0.18 2.1 6.3 11 3 7 -LJGT

3-wire twisted 5/0.07 0.4 - 5 0.8 1.6 -LHT

Cross-linkedvinyl 2-wire

twisted7/0.16 0.9 - 11 2 4 -LJRA

Cross-linkedvinyl 3-wire

twisted7/0.127 0.9 - 11 2 4 -LJRTA

Cross-linkedpolyethylene3-wire twisted

7/0.127 1.0 - 11 2 4 -LJQTA

Heat-shrinkable tubing

Gauge lead length approx. 15mm

b

a

W

H

LVinyl leadwire

2-wire

3-wire

2-wire

3-wire

Cross-linked Vinyl leadwire

Cross-linked Vinyl leadwireCross-linked Polyethylene leadwire

Cross section

Heat-shrinkable tubing

Gauge lead length approx. 15mm

Gauge lead length approx. 15mm

3-core shielded Vinyl leadwire

3-wire

3-wire

3-wire

High temperature use Fluorinated resin (FEP) leadwire

High temperature use Fluorinated resin (PTFE) leadwire

W

H

W

H

Cross section

Cross section

Connecting terminals joint type Fluorinated resin (PTFE) leadwire Special construction

3-wire

Insulation film type

Direct type

W

H

Cross section

L Fluorinated resin (PTFE) leadwire Special construction

3-wire

2-wireVinyl leadwire

Figures in Leadwire construction column show "Number of cores/ Diameter of one conductor leadwire in mm". For example, "7/0.12" represents "7core / 0.12mm diameter for one

Connecting terminals

L

conductor leadwire". All dimensions of the Leadwire Heat-shrinkable tube and Film are approximate values in mm.

H

W

HOW ARE INTEGRAL LEADWIRES JOINTED

37

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

HOW ARE INTEGRAL LEADWIRES JOINTED

7/0.12 (0.08mm2) Paralleled vinyl leadwire Suffix code : -LJB/-LJB-F

7/0.12 (0.08mm2 ) 3-wire Paralleled vinyl leadwire Suffix code : -LJBT/-LJBT-F

Red 1st axis

Green 3rd axis

White 2nd axis Orange stripe

2nd axis Red stripe 3rd axis

Blue stripe 1st axis

Red-Green-White 2nd axis Red-Green-Blue

3rd axis

Red-Green-Yellow 1st axis

7/0.12 (0.08mm2 ) 3-wire twisted vinyl leadwire Suffix code: -LJAT

Red-Yellow-White 2nd axis Red-Yellow-Blue

3rd axis

Red-Yellow-Black1st axis

7/0.127 (0.09mm2 ) 3-wire twisted cross-linked polyethylene leadwire Suffix code : -LJQTA

5/0.07 (0.02mm2 ) 2-wire twisted vinyl leadwire Suffix code : -LH

Red 1st axis

Green 3rd axis

White 2nd axis Red

1st axisGreen 3rd axis

White 2nd axis

3mm-dia. 3-core shielded vinyl leadwire Suffix code : -LTSA

Red stripe 1st axis

Blue stripe 3rd axis

Black stripe 2nd axis

7/0.12 (0.08mm2) 3-wire Paralleled vinyl leadwire Suffix code : -LDBTB-F

7/0.12 (0.08mm2) Paralleled vinyl leadwire Suffix code : -LDBB-F

Red 1st axisGreen 3rd axis

White 2nd axis

Leadwire colors of 3-element Rosette strain gauge

Waterproof strain gauge Waterproof strain gauge

38

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Paralleled vinyl leadwire -LJB/-LJB-F3-wire paralleled vinyl leadwire -LJBT/-LJBT-F

3-wire paralleled vinyl leadwire -LJBT/-LJBT-F3-wire paralleled vinyl leadwire -LJBT/-LJBT-F

Paralleled vinyl leadwire -LJB/-LJB-FParalleled vinyl leadwire -LJB/-LJB-F

Paralleled vinyl leadwire -LJB/-LJB-F Paralleled vinyl leadwire -LJB/-LJB-F

3-wire paralleled vinyl leadwire -LJBT/-LJBT-F3-wire paralleled vinyl leadwire -LJBT/-LJBT-F

HOW ARE INTEGRAL LEADWIRES JOINTED

}}}}}

Stress concentration measurement use

approx. 15mm approx. 15mm

approx. 50mm approx. 50mm

FXV 5-element single axis integrated

FBXV 5-element single axis integrated

YellowWhiteBlackGreenRed

Orange stripe

Yellow stripe

Black stripe

Green stripe

Red stripe

YellowWhiteBlackGreenRed

2-wire

YellowWhiteBlackGreenRed

BlueWhiteBlackGreenRed

Blue stripe

Yellow stripe

Black stripe

Green stripe

Red stripe

BlueWhiteBlackGreenRed

BlueWhiteBlackGreenRed

FBYV 5-element single axis integrated

FYV 5-element single axis integrated

Stress concentration measurement use FCV 10-element 2-axis cross integrated

approx. 50mm

RedGreenBlackWhiteYellow

BlueWhiteBlackGreenRed

X-axis Y-axis

X-axis Y-axisBlue stripeYellow stripeBlack stripeGreen stripeRed stripe

Red stripeGreen stripeBlack stripeYellow stripeOrange stripe

Torque measurement use (Integral type) LDBT Temperature gauge

TFL (Connecting terminal joint type) -6FB_LT

Torque measurement use (Direct type) LDAGreen

Yellow

Green

Yellow

Blue stripe

Single element strain gauge with different leadwire

Fluorinated resin (PTFE) leadwire -4FA_LT/-4FA_LT-F

Polyester leadwire LU/LU-F

Vinyl leadwire

Vinyl leadwire

Independent wire

Color of leadwire insulation may vary depending on the leadwire type.

Stress concentration measurement use

Insulated leadwire colors

Color of leadwire insulation may vary depending on the leadwire type.

Color stripes are marked on indepent wire of each axis with 3-wire system. Color stripes are marked on indepent wire of each axis with 3-wire system.

Color stripes are marked on indepent wire of each axis with 3-wire system.

Independent wire Common two wiresIndependent wire Common two wires

39

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

4. Internal strain measurement using embedment typeAbove strain gauges of three types measure surface strains of test specimen. This strain gauge measures internal strain of concrete, mortar or asphalt by being embedded into the material before its hardening. It makes possible with measurement in the early stage of hardening of the material. Some series of this type are applicable to measurement in asphalt in high temperature of 200°C. We also have a method to measure axial force of bolt by embedding a bolt strain gauge which is specially prepared for this purpose.

3. Frictional gauge type (Re-usable type)This gauge consists of a soft rubber layer on its contact sur face and a magnet which presses the strain gauge against the specimen surface by magnetic force. It measures strain by friction which is caused between the contact surface of strain gauge and the measurement surface of the metal specimen. It has the advantage of being usable repeatedly because it is attached by magnetic force without using adhesive. Since the measurement point can be moved easily, it is useful for preparatory or supplemental measurement. The maximum operating temperature is 60°C because of adopting magnetic force.

TML strain gauge series are roughly classified into 4 types depending on the method of installation.

1. Adhesive bonding typeIn general, most of strain gauges are installed on the surface of test specimen with adhesive. Measurement is possible as far as the specimen material is bondable with adhesive. This method can be applied to various materials including metal, concrete, wood and composite material. After installation, coatings should be applied to protect the strain gauges and leadwires from various environmental conditions. The availability of this bonding type depends on the operating temperature of adhesive. The maximum operat ing temperature is 300°C.

2. Electrical Spot weldable typeThe strain gauge of this type is fully encapsulated in a corrosion-resisting metal tube for use in various conditions, such as gas-f illed and underwater environments. It is constructed heat resistive, and the installation is made by electrical spot welding which maintains excellent fixation even in high temperature. The operating temperature range is from -196°C to +800°C. The spot welder W-50RB is developed exclusively for installation of strain gauges of this type, and it can be used without any qualifications or special skill. Naturally, the specimen material must be a metal which allows electrical spot welding.

Epoxy resinor VM tape

SB tape

Leadwire

Leadwirebed

Connecting terminals

Strain gauge

Fixing leadwire

Bonding adhesive

Strain gauge

SB tapeVM tape

PS adhesive pre-coating layer for long time use

Concrete specimen

Metal specimen

Strain Gauge AW series

Spot welded

Leadwire

Fixing leadwire

Rust-proofing layer

Metal specimen

SB tape (white) and VM tape (black) applied on concrete specimen

Frictional force

pressing

Strain generated

Frictional gauge

Strain CheckerFGMH Series

Axial Strain TransducerFGAH Series

Torque Sensor SystemFGDH Series

Bolt gauge BTM series installed into bolt with bonding adhesive

Strain Transducers KM for use in concreteand KM-HAS for use in asphalt pavement

Mold strain gauges PM and PMF series for use in concrete and mortar

Leadwire

STRAIN GAUGE INSTALLATION

40

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

TML STRAIN GAUGE USERS' GUIDETML STRAIN GAUGE PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS

A wide range of TML strain gauges is available to match diverse measuring conditions. Since strain gauges provide their designed functions only when they are attached to specimens, it is important to select the most appropriate gauge type in consideration of the specimen material type, operating temperature, measurement environment and installation dimensions. The Strain Gauge Users' Guide provide inexperience users with comprehensive information on strain gauges, covering various subjects ranging from step-by-step strain gauge installation instructions to cautions in handling strain gauges. The Strain Gauge Performance Characteristics compile a guide to the technology of current strain gauge for use in consideration of a limit in detection with regard to the materials and size of a test specimen, humidity, the amount of strain, speed, fatigue, environments, etc.

STRAIN GAUGE INSTALLATION TOOL KIT "KIT-51"The KIT-51 provides all of the necessary tools for bonding strain gauges from surface preparation upto complete wiring, in a single tool box.

Tools containedTool box/ Sponge cushion/ Screwdriver/ Drafting tape/ Tweezers/ Polyethylene sheet/ Nipper/ Solder (melting point 180°C) / Radio pinchers/ Paste for solder/ Measuring tape (2-meter long)/ Numbering plate/ Stainless steel scale/ Fine abrasive paper/ Mending tape/ Protractor/ Wire stripper/ Soldering tip cleaner/ Connecting terminals/ Cutter/ Marking pencil/ Soldering iron/ Compasses/ Scissors/ Acute swab (cotton)/ Heat gun/ AC plug/ Vinyl tape/ Brush for coating works, etc.

STRAIN GAUGE RELATED PRODUCTS

41

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

(Rosette)

Option -F of strain gauges and last code -F of lead wire are designed with Lead-free, affixing the code to each basic name of strain gauge and leadwire.

CE-marked strain gauges, GOBLET and leadwire with -F are designed to comply with CE marking.

LEA

DW

IRE

TYP

E

0.08mm

2 Paralleled vinyl lead w

ire

0.08mm

2 3-wire paralleled vinyl leadw

ire

0.08mm

2 Twisted vinyl leadw

ire

0.08mm

2 3-wire tw

isted vinyl leadwire

0.11mm

2 paralleled vinyl leadwire

0.11mm

2 3-wire paralleled vinyl leadw

ire

0.3mm

2 paralleled viny leadwire

0.3mm

2 3-wire paralleled vinyl leadw

ire

0.5mm

2 paralleled vinyl leadwire

0.5mm

2 3-wire paralleled vinyl leadw

ire

0.02mm

2 twisted vinyl leadw

ire

0.02mm

2 3-wire tw

isted vinyl leadwire

0.08mm

2 twisted vinyl leadw

ire

3.2mm

-dia. shielded vinyl leadwire

3mm

-dia. shielded 3-wire vinyl leadw

ire

5mm

-dia. shielded 3-wire vinyl leadw

ire

0.08mm

2 polypropyrene 4-wire paralleled

lead wire w

ith modular plug

0.08mm

2 vinyl 4-wire paralleled leadw

ire

3-wir paralleled special vinyl leadw

ire

2-wire tw

isted cross-linked vinyl leadwire

3-wire tw

isted cross-linked vinyl leadwire

3-wire tw

isted cross-linked polyethylene leadw

ire

Temperature-integrated 3-w

ire paralleled vinyl leadw

ire

Temperature-integrated 4-w

ire paralleled vinyl leadw

ire

Temperature-integrated 3-w

ire twisted

fluorinated resin (FEP

) leadwire

0.14mm

-dia. polyurethane leadwire

0.18mm

-dia. polyurethane leadwire

0.14mm

-dia. polyester leadwire

0.18mm

-dia. polyester leadwire

0.14mm

-dia. polyimide leadw

ire0.18m

m-dia. polyim

ide leadwire

3-wire tw

isted fluorinated resin (FEP

) leadw

ire

3-wire tw

isted fluorinated resin (FEP

) leadw

ire No Tetra-Etch required for surface

3-wire tw

isted fluorinated resin (FEP

) leadw

ire

3-wire tw

isted fluorinated resin (FEP

) leadw

ire

1.5mm

-dia. 3-wire tw

isted fluorinated resin (FE

P) leadw

ire with shield

3-wire tw

isted fluorinated resin (PTFE

) leadw

ire

3-wire tw

isted fluorinated resin (PTFE

) leadw

ire

Suffix code LJB LJBT LJA LJAT LJC LJCT LJD LJDT LJG LJGT LH LHT LJAY LS LTSA LTSB LQM LBQM LXT LJRA LJRTA LJQTA TLJBT TLQ 6FB_TLT* LP LU LE 6FA_

LT*6FAS_LT*

6FB_LT*

6FC_LT*

6FD_LTS*

4FA_LT*

4FB_LT*

Last code -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -FCore/

Dimensions 7/0.12 7/0.12 7/0.12 7/0.12 10/0.12 10/0.12 12/0.18 12/0.18 20/0.18 20/0.18 5/0.07 5/0.07 7/0.12 7/0.12 7/0.12 7/0.26 7/0.12 7/0.12 7/0.12 7/0.16 7/0.127 7/0.127 7/0.12 7/0.12 1/0.2 1/0.141/0.18

1/0.141/0.18

1/0.141/0.18 7/0.18 7/0.18 1/0.2 7/0.08 7/0.08 7/0.16 1/0.2

Cross section(mm2) 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.11 0.11 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.02 0.02 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.3 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.14 0.09 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.18 0.18 0.04 0.04 0.14

Operating tem-perature in deg. C

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +100

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +150

-20 ~ +100

-20 ~ +100

-65 ~ +125

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-269 ~ +200

-10 ~ +120

-196 ~ +200

-269 ~ +300

-269 ~ +200

-269 ~ +200

-269 ~ +200

-269 ~ +200

-269 ~ +200

-269 ~ +260

-269 ~ +200

Stra in Gauge Series

Operating tem-perature in deg.C

Temperaturecompensationin deg. C

Figure shows maximum operating temperature with combination use of strain gauge and the dedicated leadwire. Figure shows maximum operating temperature with combination use of strain gauge and the dedicated leadwire.

F -196 ~+150 +10 ~+100 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 100 80 150 100 100 100 80 80 150 120 150 150 150 150 150 150 - 150 150-196 ~+150 +10 ~+100 80 80 - - 80 80 - - - - - - - - - - 100 80 150 - - - 80 - - 120 150 150 - - - - - - -

PF -20 ~ +80 +10 ~+100 80 80 - - 80 80 - - - - - - - - - - 80 80 80 - - - 80 - - 80 80 80 - - - - - - -

P -20 ~ +80 +10 ~+100 80 80 - - 80 80 - - - - - - - - - - 80 80 80 - - - - - - 80 80 80 - - - - - - -

FLM -20 ~ +80 +10 ~+100 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - - - 80 - - 80 - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - 80 80MF (Single) -20 ~ +80 - - - 80 - - - - - - - - - 80 80 80 - - - - - - - - - - 80 80 80 - - - - 80 - -

(Rosette) -20 ~ +200 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 80 - - - - - - - - - - - 120 200 200 - - - - 200 - -YEF -20 ~ +80 - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - 80 80YF -20 ~ +80 - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - 80 80YHF -20 ~ +80 - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - 80 80LF -20 ~ +80 +10 ~+80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - 80 80PFLW -20 ~ +80 +10 ~+80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - 80 80PLW -20 ~ +80 +10 ~+80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - 80 80GF -20 ~ +80 +10 ~+80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - 80 80BF -20 ~ +200 +10 ~+80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 100 80 150 100 100 125 80 80 200 120 200 200 200 200 200 200 - 200 200UBF (Static) -30~+120 -

80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 100 80120

100 100120

80 80120

120120 120 120 120 120 120 - 120 120

(Dynamic) -30~+150 - 150 125 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 - 150 150DSF -60 ~+200 - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 100 80 150 100 100 125 80 80 200 120 200 200 200 200 200 200 - 200 200CF -269 ~ +80 -196 ~+80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - 80 80CEF -269 ~+200 -196 ~+80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 100 80 150 100 100 125 80 80 200 120 200 200 200 200 200 200 - 200 200QF -20 ~+200 +10 ~+100 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 100 80 150 100 100 125 80 80 200 120 200 200 200 200 200 200 - 200 200ZF -20 ~+300 +10 ~+100 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 100 80 150 100 100 125 80 80 200 120 200 300 200 200 200 200 - 260 260EF (Single) -196 ~+300 +10 ~+150 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 100 80 150 100 100 125 80 80 200 120 200 300 200 200 200 200 - 260 260

(Rosette) -196 ~+200 0 ~+150 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 100 80 150 100 100 125 80 80 200 120 200 200 200 200 200 200 - 200 200BTM -10 ~ +80 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 80 - 80 - - - - - 80 80FAC -30 ~ +80 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 80 - 80 - - - - - - -

GOBLET

Combination use of strain gauges and dedicated leadwires

The following strain gauges are designed with the specified leadwires. The specifications are checked with this catalog.

Series WF Operating temperature 0~+80°C Leadwire : LDBB-F Paralleled vinyl LDBTB-F 3-wire paralleled vinyl 7/0.12(0.08mm2)Series WFLM Operating temperature -20~+80°C Leadwire : LJQTA 3-wire twisted cross-linked polyethylene 2m 7/0.127(0.09mm2)Series PM Operating temperaturte -20~+60°C Leadwire : LJD Paralleled vinyl 2m LJDT 3-wire paralleled vinyl 2m 12/0.18(0.3mm2)Series PMF Operating temperature -20~+60°C Leadwire : LJRTA 3-wire twisted cross-linked vinyl 2m 7/0.127(0.09mm2) Temperature-integrated PMF Leadwire : TLJBT 3-wire paralleled vinyl 7/0.12 (0.08mm2)Series PMFLS Operating temperature -20~+60°C Leadwire : LTSC 4-wire shielded Chloroprene 2m 6mm-diameter

42

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Option -F of strain gauges and last code -F of lead wire are designed with Lead-free, affixing the code to each basic name of strain gauge and leadwire.

CE-marked strain gauges, GOBLET and leadwire with -F are designed to comply with CE marking.

LEA

DW

IRE

TYP

E

0.08mm

2 Paralleled vinyl lead w

ire

0.08mm

2 3-wire paralleled vinyl leadw

ire

0.08mm

2 Twisted vinyl leadw

ire

0.08mm

2 3-wire tw

isted vinyl leadwire

0.11mm

2 paralleled vinyl leadwire

0.11mm

2 3-wire paralleled vinyl leadw

ire

0.3mm

2 paralleled viny leadwire

0.3mm

2 3-wire paralleled vinyl leadw

ire

0.5mm

2 paralleled vinyl leadwire

0.5mm

2 3-wire paralleled vinyl leadw

ire

0.02mm

2 twisted vinyl leadw

ire

0.02mm

2 3-wire tw

isted vinyl leadwire

0.08mm

2 twisted vinyl leadw

ire

3.2mm

-dia. shielded vinyl leadwire

3mm

-dia. shielded 3-wire vinyl leadw

ire

5mm

-dia. shielded 3-wire vinyl leadw

ire

0.08mm

2 polypropyrene 4-wire paralleled

lead wire w

ith modular plug

0.08mm

2 vinyl 4-wire paralleled leadw

ire

3-wir paralleled special vinyl leadw

ire

2-wire tw

isted cross-linked vinyl leadwire

3-wire tw

isted cross-linked vinyl leadwire

3-wire tw

isted cross-linked polyethylene leadw

ire

Temperature-integrated 3-w

ire paralleled vinyl leadw

ire

Temperature-integrated 4-w

ire paralleled vinyl leadw

ire

Temperature-integrated 3-w

ire twisted

fluorinated resin (FEP

) leadwire

0.14mm

-dia. polyurethane leadwire

0.18mm

-dia. polyurethane leadwire

0.14mm

-dia. polyester leadwire

0.18mm

-dia. polyester leadwire

0.14mm

-dia. polyimide leadw

ire0.18m

m-dia. polyim

ide leadwire

3-wire tw

isted fluorinated resin (FEP

) leadw

ire

3-wire tw

isted fluorinated resin (FEP

) leadw

ire No Tetra-Etch required for surface

3-wire tw

isted fluorinated resin (FEP

) leadw

ire

3-wire tw

isted fluorinated resin (FEP

) leadw

ire

1.5mm

-dia. 3-wire tw

isted fluorinated resin (FE

P) leadw

ire with shield

3-wire tw

isted fluorinated resin (PTFE

) leadw

ire

3-wire tw

isted fluorinated resin (PTFE

) leadw

ire

Suffix code LJB LJBT LJA LJAT LJC LJCT LJD LJDT LJG LJGT LH LHT LJAY LS LTSA LTSB LQM LBQM LXT LJRA LJRTA LJQTA TLJBT TLQ 6FB_TLT* LP LU LE 6FA_

LT*6FAS_LT*

6FB_LT*

6FC_LT*

6FD_LTS*

4FA_LT*

4FB_LT*

Last code -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -FCore/

Dimensions 7/0.12 7/0.12 7/0.12 7/0.12 10/0.12 10/0.12 12/0.18 12/0.18 20/0.18 20/0.18 5/0.07 5/0.07 7/0.12 7/0.12 7/0.12 7/0.26 7/0.12 7/0.12 7/0.12 7/0.16 7/0.127 7/0.127 7/0.12 7/0.12 1/0.2 1/0.141/0.18

1/0.141/0.18

1/0.141/0.18 7/0.18 7/0.18 1/0.2 7/0.08 7/0.08 7/0.16 1/0.2

Cross section(mm2) 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.11 0.11 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.02 0.02 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.3 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.14 0.09 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.18 0.18 0.04 0.04 0.14

Operating tem-perature in deg. C

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +100

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +150

-20 ~ +100

-20 ~ +100

-65 ~ +125

-20 ~ +80

-20 ~ +80

-269 ~ +200

-10 ~ +120

-196 ~ +200

-269 ~ +300

-269 ~ +200

-269 ~ +200

-269 ~ +200

-269 ~ +200

-269 ~ +200

-269 ~ +260

-269 ~ +200

Stra in Gauge Series

Operating tem-perature in deg.C

Temperaturecompensationin deg. C

Figure shows maximum operating temperature with combination use of strain gauge and the dedicated leadwire. Figure shows maximum operating temperature with combination use of strain gauge and the dedicated leadwire.

F -196 ~+150 +10 ~+100 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 100 80 150 100 100 100 80 80 150 120 150 150 150 150 150 150 - 150 150-196 ~+150 +10 ~+100 80 80 - - 80 80 - - - - - - - - - - 100 80 150 - - - 80 - - 120 150 150 - - - - - - -

PF -20 ~ +80 +10 ~+100 80 80 - - 80 80 - - - - - - - - - - 80 80 80 - - - 80 - - 80 80 80 - - - - - - -

P -20 ~ +80 +10 ~+100 80 80 - - 80 80 - - - - - - - - - - 80 80 80 - - - - - - 80 80 80 - - - - - - -

FLM -20 ~ +80 +10 ~+100 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - 80 - - - 80 - - 80 - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - 80 80MF (Single) -20 ~ +80 - - - 80 - - - - - - - - - 80 80 80 - - - - - - - - - - 80 80 80 - - - - 80 - -

(Rosette) -20 ~ +200 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 80 - - - - - - - - - - - 120 200 200 - - - - 200 - -YEF -20 ~ +80 - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - 80 80YF -20 ~ +80 - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - 80 80YHF -20 ~ +80 - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - 80 80LF -20 ~ +80 +10 ~+80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - 80 80PFLW -20 ~ +80 +10 ~+80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - 80 80PLW -20 ~ +80 +10 ~+80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - 80 80GF -20 ~ +80 +10 ~+80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - 80 80BF -20 ~ +200 +10 ~+80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 100 80 150 100 100 125 80 80 200 120 200 200 200 200 200 200 - 200 200UBF (Static) -30~+120 -

80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 100 80120

100 100120

80 80120

120120 120 120 120 120 120 - 120 120

(Dynamic) -30~+150 - 150 125 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 - 150 150DSF -60 ~+200 - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 100 80 150 100 100 125 80 80 200 120 200 200 200 200 200 200 - 200 200CF -269 ~ +80 -196 ~+80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - 80 80CEF -269 ~+200 -196 ~+80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 100 80 150 100 100 125 80 80 200 120 200 200 200 200 200 200 - 200 200QF -20 ~+200 +10 ~+100 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 100 80 150 100 100 125 80 80 200 120 200 200 200 200 200 200 - 200 200ZF -20 ~+300 +10 ~+100 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 100 80 150 100 100 125 80 80 200 120 200 300 200 200 200 200 - 260 260EF (Single) -196 ~+300 +10 ~+150 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 100 80 150 100 100 125 80 80 200 120 200 300 200 200 200 200 - 260 260

(Rosette) -196 ~+200 0 ~+150 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 - - 80 80 100 80 150 100 100 125 80 80 200 120 200 200 200 200 200 200 - 200 200BTM -10 ~ +80 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 80 - 80 - - - - - 80 80FAC -30 ~ +80 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 80 - 80 - - - - - - -

Standard length of these leadwire is 1m, 3m and 5m. Other lengths than the standard length may be available on request.* : For fluorinated resin leadwires of FEP and PTFE, underline of suffix code is filled with the length of the leadwire required.

Designation of leadwire-integrated strain gauge exampled

FLT-05A -11 -F -3 LJCT -F Strain Gauge F series Option F : LEAD-free soldering of leadwire (FLT: for shearing strain measurement) 3-wire paralleled vinyl leadwire Self-temperature-compensated material Length of leadwire LJCT 3: 3m (-11: Mild steel Thermal expansion 11ppm/°C) Option F : LEAD-free soldering of strain gauge

43

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Suffix code for temperature compensation materials -11: Mild steel -17: Stainless steel -23: AluminiumFor ordering, the above suffix code should be added to the basic gauge type.

43

general

Example of type number designation

FLA-5 -350 -11 -3LJB/-3LJBT (2-wire/3-wire) Length in meter and type of integral leadwire(*1) Self-temperatrure-compensation number(*2) Gaugeresistanceinohm(Blankfor120Ω) Basic strain gauge type and gauge length

*1 : Not mentioned for gauges without leadwire*2 : The following numbers are available for F series gauges

-11: Mild steel (11ppm/°C)-17: Stainless steel, Copper alloy (17ppm/°C)-23: Aluminium (23ppm/°C)

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

FOIL STRAIN GAUGES

+100°C

Applicable adhesives CN ‒196~+120ºCP-2 ‒30~+150ºCEB-2 ‒60~+150ºC

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Operating temperature range

Temperature compensation range+10°C

+150°C‒196°Cseries F

FLG-02 0.2 1.4 3.5 2.5 120

FLG-1 1 1.1 6.5 2.5 120

FLA-03 0.3 1.4  3 2 120

FLA-05 0.5 1.2 5 2.2 120

FLA-1 1 1.3 5 2.5 120

FLA-2 2 1.5 6.5 3 120

FLA-3 3 1.7 8.8 3.5 120

FLA-3-60 3 1.2 8 3 60

FLA-5 5 1.5 10 3 120

FLA-6 6 2.2 12.5 4.3 120

FLA-10 10 2.5 16.7 5 120

FLA-30 30 2 36.1 5.1 120

FLK-1 1 0.7 4.5 1.4 120

FLK-2 2 0.9 5.5 1.5 120

FLK-6 6 10 11.2 2.2 120

FLK-10 10 1.6 16.2 3.8 120

FLA-1-350 1 2 4.6 3 350

FLA-2-350 2 1.9 6.1 3.5 350FLA-3-350 3 3.2 7.2 3 350FLA-5-350 5 1.8 9.4 3.8 350

FLA-6-1000 6 4.6 13.5 7 1000

These gauges employ Cu-Ni alloy foils for the grid and special plastics for the backing. The plastics backing exhibits excellent electrical insulation performance, and is color-coded to identify the objective material for self-temperature-compensation. Various types of strain gauges such as "for residual stress measuremenent" are available in addition to general use gauges.

Single element : FLG/FLA/FLK Each package contains 10 gauges.

FLK type with narrow gauge width

Gauge backing length

Gauge Length

Gau

ge

Wid

th

Gau

ge b

acki

ng

wid

th

GENERAL USE

High gauge resistance 350Ωand1000Ω

44

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Suffix code for temperature compensation materials -11: Mild steel -17: Stainless steel -23: AluminiumFor ordering, the above suffix code should be added to the basic gauge type.

FOIL STRAIN GAUGES

series FApplicable adhesives CN ‒196~+120ºC

P-2 ‒30~+150ºCEB-2 ‒60~+150ºC

general

FCA-1-350 1 1.6 φ 8 350

FCA-2-350 2 1.9 φ 9.5 350

FCA-3-350 3 2 φ 10 350

FCA-5-350 5 1.8 φ 10 350

(x 3)

FCA-1-350

FCA-2-350

FCA-5-350FCA-1-350

350Ω 0°/90° 2-element Rosette Stacked: FCA Each package contains 10 gauges.

FRA-10

FRA-1 1 0.7 φ 4.5 120

FRA-2 2 0.9 φ 7 120

FRA-3 3 1.7 φ 11 120

FRA-5 5 1.9 φ 12 120

FRA-6 6 2.4 φ 14 120

FRA-10 10 2.5 φ 17 120

FRA-1 FRA-2

FRA-3 FRA-5

FRA-6

0°/45°/90° 3-element Rosette Stacked: FRA Each package contains 10 gauges.

Gauge Width

Gau

ge

Leng

th

Gauge backing diameter

+100°C

Operating temperature range

Temperature compensation range+10°C

+150°C‒196°C

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

FCA-1 1 0.7 φ 4.5 120

FCA-2 2 0.9 φ 7 120

FCA-3 3 1.7 φ 11 120

FCA-5 5 1.9 φ 12 120

FCA-6 6 2.4 φ 14 120

FCA-10 10 2.5 φ 17 120

FCA-1

FCA-2

FCA-3

FCA-5

FCA-6

FCA-10

0°/90° 2-element Rosette Stacked: FCA Each package contains 10 gauges.

Gauge WidthGau

ge

Leng

th

Gauge backing diameter

GENERAL USE

45

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Suffix code for temperature compensation materials -11: Mild steel -17: Stainless steel -23: AluminiumFor ordering, the above suffix code should be added to the basic gauge type.

350Ω 0°/45°/90° 3-element Rosette Stacked: FRA Each package contains 10 gauges.

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

FLT-05A 0.5 0.66 4 1.3 120

FLT-05B 0.5 0.66 4 1.3 120

FCT-2 2 1.5 8.7 6.5 120

FCT-2-350 2 1.5 7.6 5.3 350

Shearing strain measurement : FLT Each package contains 10 gauges.

Torque measurement : FCT Each package contains 10 gauges.

SPECIAL USE

Gauge

Le

ngth

Gauge backing length

Left 45°

Right 45°

Gauge backing length

Gauge

Le

ngth

Gau

ge

base

w

idth

Example of type number designation

FLT-05A -11 -350 -F -3LJC -F

Option F : LEAD-free soldering of leadwire Length in meter and type of integration leadwire Option F: LEAD-free soldering of strain gauge Gaugeresistance(Blankfor120Ω) Self-temperature-compensation number Basic strain gauge type

Option FThis code is appended to the basic type for strain gauges with lead-free solder in place of leaded solder. Fatigue life of the strain gauge may become shorter by the lead-free solder.

Example of type number designation

FLA-5 -350 -11 -3LJB/-3LJBT (2-wire/3-wire) Length in meter and type of integral leadwire(*1) Self-temperatrure-compensation number(*2) Gaugeresistanceinohm(Blankfor120Ω) Basic strain gauge type and gauge length

*1 : Not mentioned for gauges without leadwire*2 : The following numbers are available for F series gauges

-11: Mild steel (11ppm/°C)-17: Stainless steel, Copper alloy (17ppm/°C)-23: Aluminium (23ppm/°C)

general

general

GENERAL USEGauge pattern Basic type Gauge size

L WBacking L W

Resist-ance Ω

FOIL STRAIN GAUGES

series F+100°C

Applicable adhesives CN ‒196~+120ºCP-2 ‒30~+150ºCEB-2 ‒60~+150ºC

Operating temperature range

Temperature compensation range+10°C

+150°C‒196°C

FRA-1-350 1 1.6 φ 8 350

FRA-2-350 2 1.9 φ 9.5 350

FRA-3-350 3 2 φ 10 350

FRA-5-350 5 1.8 φ 10 350

(x 3)

FRA-1-350

FRA-2-350

FRA-5-350FRA-1-350

46

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Suffix code for temperature compensation materials -11: Mild steel -17: Stainless steel -23: AluminiumFor ordering, the above suffix code should be added to the basic gauge type.

FCB-2X and Y axes

8.2 8 120 2 1.5

FCB-6-350X and Y axes

10 13 3506 2.0

FR-5 5 1.5 φ 12 120

EUBC-06 0.6 0.7 φ 2.4 120

FRAS-2 2 1.1 99 120

FRS-2 1.5 1.3 φ 9.5 120

FRS-3 3 2.6 φ 17.5 120

EUBC-06FR-5

FRAS-2 FRS-3

(x 5)

0°/90° 2-element Rosette Plane : FCB Each package contains 10 gauges.

Residual stress measurement : FR/EUBC/FRS Each package contains 10 gauges.

Gauge backing length

Gau

ge

back

ing

wid

th

Gauge Length

Gau

geLe

ngth

X

Y

Gau

ge

wid

th

Gauge width

Example of type number designation

FLT-05A -11 -350 -F -3LJC -F

Option F : LEAD-free soldering of leadwire Length in meter and type of integration leadwire Option F: LEAD-free soldering of strain gauge Gaugeresistance(Blankfor120Ω) Self-temperature-compensation number Basic strain gauge type

Option FThis code is appended to the basic type for strain gauges with lead-free solder in place of leaded solder. Fatigue life of the strain gauge may be become shorter by the lead-free solder.

general

FOIL STRAIN GAUGES

series FApplicable adhesives CN ‒196~+120ºC

P-2 ‒30~+150ºCEB-2 ‒60~+150ºC

+100°CTemperature compensation range

+10°C

Operating temperature range+150°C‒196°C

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

GLASS, CERAMIC

Suffixcodefortemperaturecompensationmaterials -8: Glass, Ceramic Forordering, theabovesuffixcodeshouldbeaddedtothe basic gauge type.

+100°C

Operating temperature range

+10°CTemperature compensation range

+150°C‒196°C

Applicable adhesives CN ‒196~+120ºCP-2 ‒30~+150ºCEB-2 ‒60~+150ºC

FLA-2 2 1.5 6.5 3 120FLA-5 5 1.5 10.0 3 120

FCA-2 2 0.9 φ 7 120FCA-5 5 1.9 φ 12 120

FRA-2 2 0.9 φ 7 120FRA-5 5 1.9 φ 12 120

FLA-5-8(x 2)

FCA-2-8

FRA-5-8

Single element : FLA Each package contains 10 gauges.

0°/90° 2-element stacked Rosette FCA Each package contains 10 gauges.

0°/45°/90° 3-element stacked Rosette FRA Each package contains 10 gauges.

Example of type number designation

FLA-5 -8 -3LJC

Length in meter and type of integration leadwire Self-temperature-compensation number for glass, ceramic Basic strain gauge type

SPECIAL USEGauge pattern Basic type Gauge size

L WBacking L W

Resist-ance Ω

47

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Suffix code for temperature compensation materials -11: Mild steel -17: Stainless steel -23: AluminiumFor ordering, the above suffix code should be added to the basic gauge type.

Gauge pitch

+100°C

Operating temperature range

+10°CTemperature compensation range

+150°C‒196°C

Example of type number designation

FXV-1-11-002LE -F -3LJC -F

Option F : LEAD-free soldering of leadwire Length in meter and type of integration lead wire Option F: LEAD-free soldering of strain gauge Basic strain gauge type, gauge length, polyimide leadwire including self-temperature-compensation number

Option FThis code is appended to the basic type for strain gauges with lead-free solder in place of leaded solder. Fatigue life of the strain gauge may be become shorter by the lead-free solder.

STRESS CONCENTRATION MEASUREMENTGauge pattern Basic type Gauge size

L WBacking L W

Resist-ance Ω

Applicable adhesives CN ‒196~+120ºCP-2 ‒30~+150ºCEB-2 ‒60~+150ºC

(x 3)

(x 3)

(x 3)

Gauge pitch2mm

FXV-1-002LE 1 1.3 5 12 120FYV-1-002LE 1 1.4 5 12 120

Gauge pitch1mm

FBXV-04-005LE 0.4 1.3 5.4 7.4 120FBYV-06-005LE 0.6 0.8 5.3 7 120

Gauge pitch2mm FCV-1-005LE 1 1.4 7.5 12 120

FBX-04-005LE 0.4 1.3 5.4 1 120FBY-06-005LE 0.6 0.8 5.3 1 120FLX-1-002LE 1 1.3 5 2 120

Gauge pitch1.5mm

CCFXX-1-002LE 1 1.5 16.4 4.5 120

CCFYX-1-002LE 1 1.5 16.4 4.5 120

Gauge pitch

FOIL STRAIN GAUGES

series F

FXV-1-11-002LE

5-element Single-axis : FXV/FYV/FBXV/FBYV Each package contains 10 gauges.

FYV-1-11-002LE

X-axismagnified Y-axismagnified

FBXV-04 FBYV-06

magnified magnified

-002LE: Polyimide insulated gauge lead of 2-cm pre-attached

-005LE: Polyimide insulated gauge lead of 5-cm pre-attached

10-element 2 axes : FCV Each package contains 10 gauges.

-005LE: Polyimide insulated gauge lead of 5-cm pre-attached

X and Y axesY-axis leadwire is marked foridentification.

FCV-1

magnified

Chain Strain Gauges CCFXX, CCFYX Each package contains 10 gauges.

Single element : FBX/FBY/FLX Each package contains 10 gauges. Single element cut away from the above Stress Concentration gauge.

-005LE: Polyimide insulated gauge lead of 5-cm pre-attached-002LE: Polyimide insulated gauge lead of 2-cm pre-attached

FBX-04

FBY-06

FLX-1

These gauges are specially designed to use Complete correction method for strain and need our Data Logger TDS-540 for the measurement. For details, contact TML.

CCFXX-1

X-axis 10-element

CCFYX-1

Y-axis 10-element -002LE: Polyimide insulated gauge lead of 2-cm pre-attached

48

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Suffix code for temperature compensation materials -11: Mild steel -17: Stainless steel -23: AluminiumFor ordering, the above suffix code should be added to the basic gauge type.

48

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Backing length

Gauge length

FLK patternwith narrowgauge width

Gaugeresistance350Ω

Example of type number designation FLAB -5 -350 -11 -3LJB-F

FLGB-02 0.2 1.4 3.5 2.5 120

FLGB-1 1 1.1 6 2.5 120

FLAB-03 0.3 1.4 3 2 120

FLAB-05 0.5 1.2 4.3 2.2 120

FLAB-1 1 1.3 5 2.5 120

FLAB-2 2 1.5 6.5 3 120

FLAB-3 3 1.7 7.7 3.5 120

FLAB-3-60 3 1.2 7.7 3 60

FLAB-5 5 1.5 10 3 120

FLAB-6 6 2.2 11 4.3 120

FLAB-10 10 2.5 15.4 5 120

FLAB-30 30 2 35 5 120

FLKB-1 1 0.7 4.5 1.4 120

FLKB-2 2 0.9 5.5 1.5 120

FLKB-6 6 1 11 2.2 120

FLKB-10 10 1.6 15 3.8 120

FLAB-1-350 1 1.6 4.5 3 350

FLAB-2-350 2 1.9 6 3.5 350

FLAB-3-350 3 1.6 7.2 3 350

FLAB-5-350 5 1.8 9.4 3.8 350

FLAB-6-350 6 2.6 10.8 4.5 350

FLAB-10-350 10 3 16 5 350

FLAB-6-1000 6 4.6 11 7 1000

Gau

ge

wid

th

Self-temperature-compensation numberGaugeresistance(blankfor120Ω)

Basic gauge typeGauge length

Single element

CE compliant leadwire

Bac

king

wid

th

350ΩSingleelement

Strain gauges compliant toRoHS2Directive2011/65/EUareadded to the lineup in F series. They are supplied with CE marking as standard specification. Our logo GOBLET, which is an abbreviation of “Gauges Of Bri l l iant Lifespan and Environmental Thoughtful”, is marked on the package of these gauges.

general

Each package contains 10 gauges.

+100°C

Operating temperature range

+10°CTemperature compensation range

+150°C‒196°C

Applicable adhesives CN ‒196~+120ºCP-2 ‒30~+150ºCEB-2 ‒60~+150ºC

GENERAL USEGauge pattern Basic type Gauge size

L WBacking L W

Resist-ance Ω

FOIL STRAIN GAUGES

series F

49

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Suffix code for temperature compensation materials -11: Mild steel -17: Stainless steel -23: AluminiumFor ordering, the above suffix code should be added to the basic gauge type.

+100°C

Operating temperature range

+10°CTemperature compensation range

+150°C‒196°C

Applicable adhesives CN ‒196~+120ºCP-2 ‒30~+150ºCEB-2 ‒60~+150ºC

FOIL STRAIN GAUGES

series F

general

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

FCAB-1 1 0.7 φ 4.5 120

FCAB-2 2 0.9 φ 7 120

FCAB-3 3 1.7 φ 11 120

FCAB-5 5 1.9 φ 12 120

FCAB-6 6 2.4 φ 14 120

FCAB-10 10 2.5 φ 17 120

Gauge

leng

thGauge

width

Backing diameter

Example of type nubmer designation FCAB -5 -350 -11 -3LJB-F

CE compliant leadwireSelf-temperature-compensation number

Gaugeresistance(blankfor120Ω)

Basic gauge typeGauge length

FCAB-1-350 1 1.6 φ 8 350

FCAB-2-350 2 1.9 φ 9.5 350

FCAB-3-350 3 2 φ 10 350

FCAB-5-350 5 1.8 φ 10 350

FCAB-1-350

FCAB-2-350

FCAB-5-350

(x 3)FCAB-1-350

FCAB-1

FCAB-2

FCAB-3

FCAB-5

FCAB-6

FCAB-10

Each package contains 10 gauges.

GENERAL USE

0°/90° 2-element rosette stacked

350Ω0°/90° 2-element rosette stacked

Each package contains 10 gauges.

50

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Suffix code for temperature compensation materials -11: Mild steel -17: Stainless steel -23: AluminiumFor ordering, the above suffix code should be added to the basic gauge type.

Operating temperature range

Temperature compensation range+150°C‒196°C

+10°C +100°C

general

FOIL STRAIN GAUGES F Series

FRAB-1

FRAB-2

FRAB-3

FRAB-5

FRAB-6

FRAB-10

Gauge width

Backing daimeter

350Ω 0°/45°/90° 3-element rosette stacked

FRAB-1-350 1 1.6 φ 8 350

FRAB-2-350 2 1.9 φ 9.5 350

FRAB-3-350 3 2 φ 10 350

FRAB-5-350 5 1.8 φ 10 350

(x 3)FRAB-1-350

FRAB-1 1 0.7 φ 4.5 120

FRAB-2 2 0.9 φ 7 120

FRAB-3 3 1.7 φ 11 120

FRAB-5 5 1.9 φ 12 120

FRAB-6 6 2.4 φ 14 120

FRAB-10 10 2.5 φ 17 120

Example of type nubmer designationFRAB -5 -350 -11 -3LJB-F

0°/45°/90° 3-element rosette stacked

Gau

ge le

ngth

Each package contains 10 gauges.

CE compliant leadwireSelf-temperature-compensation number

Gaugeresistance(blankfor120Ω)

Basic gauge typeGauge length

FRAB-5-350

FRAB-3-350

FRAB-2-350

FRAB-1-350

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Applicable adhesives CN ‒196~+120ºCP-2 ‒30~+150ºCEB-2 ‒60~+150ºC

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

GENERAL USE

51

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Suffix code for temperature compensation materials -8: Glass, Ceramic For ordering, the above suffix code should be added to the basic gauge type.

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

FLAB-2-8 2 1.5 6.5 3 120

FLAB-5-8 5 1.5 10 3 120FLAB-5-8 (x 2)

FCAB-2-8 2 0.9 φ 7 120

FCAB-5-8 5 1.9 φ 12 120

FRAB-2-8 2 0.9 φ 7 120

FRAB-5-8 5 1.9 φ 12 120

FCAB-5-8 (x 2)

FRAB-5-8 (x 2)

Example of type nubmer designation FRAB -5 -8 -3LJB-F

Basic gauge type

CE compliant leadwire

0°/45°/90° 3-element rosette stacked

0°/90° 2-element rosette stacked

Single element

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Gauge length

Self-temperature-compensation number

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Application Leadwires Operating temperature ( ) Leadwire code exampled

General use (temperature unchanged during measurement)

Paralleled vinyl LJB / LJB-FParalleled vinyl LJC / LJC-F -20 〜+80 FLA-5-11-3LJB

FLA-5-11-3LJC

General use 3-wire paralleled vinyl LJBT / LJBT-F3-wire paralleled vinyl LJCT / LJCT-F -20 〜+80 FLA-5-11-3LJBT

FLA-5-11-3LJCTMid-high tempeature 3-wire paralleled vinyl LXT / LXT-F -20 〜+150 FLA-5-11-3LXT

Temperature integration 3-wire paralleled vinyl TLJBT / TLJBT-F -20 〜+80 FLA-5T-11-3TLJBT

1-Gauge 4-Wire measurement Polypropyrene 4-wire paralleled LQM / LQM-F -20 〜+100 FLA-5-11-3LQM (modular

plug attached)

Recommendable for GOBLET strain gauges

Application Leadwires Operating temperature ( ) Leadwire code exampled

General use (temperature unchanged during measurement)

Paralleled vinyl LJB-FParalleled vinyl LJC-F -20 〜+80 FLAB-5-11-3LJB-F

FLAB-5-11-3LJC-F

General use 3-wire paralleled vinyl LJBT-F3-wire paralleled vinyl LJCT-F -20 〜+80 FLAB-5-11-3LJBT-F

FLAB-5-11-3LJCT-FMid-high tempeature 3-wire paralleled vinyl LXT-F -20 〜+150 FLAB-5-11-3LXT-F

Temperature integration 3-wire paralleled vinyl TLJBT-F -20 〜+80 FLAB-5T-11-3TLJBT-F

1-Gauge 4-Wire measurement Polypropyrene 4-wire paralleled LQM-F -20 〜+100 FLAB-5-11-3LQM -F(modular plug attached)

Dedicated leadwires recommendable for strain gauge F series

NB: For use with CE compliant GOBLET strain gauges , specify leadwire with option -F having lead-free solder on order.

+100°C

Operating temperature range

+10°CTemperature compensation range

+150°C‒196°C

Applicable adhesives CN ‒196~+120ºCP-2 ‒30~+150ºCEB-2 ‒60~+150ºC

FOIL STRAIN GAUGES

series F

GLASS, CERAMIC USE

52

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Suffix code for temperature compensation materials -11: Mild steel -17: Stainless steel -23: AluminiumFor ordering, the above suffix code should be added to the basic gauge type.

Operating temperature range+80°C

+80°C+10°C

0°C

Temperature compensation range

Applicable adhesives CN 0~+80ºCP-2 0~+80ºCEB-2 0~+80ºC

series WFWATERPROOFSTRAIN GAUGES

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

These gauges eliminate the need for moisture-proofing coating,whichissometimestroublesomeinafieldtest.Theyhave an integral vinyl leadwire, and whole area of the strain gauges and the leadwire junction are coated with epoxy resin. Thecoatingistransparentandflexible,sothepositioningandbonding works are very easy. By merely bonding the gauges with CN or P-2 adhesive, outdoor or underwater measurement for a short-term becomes possible. These gauges are also effective in omitting primary coating in case of applying a multi-layer coating.

2-wire system

Single element : WFLA 0.08mm² integral vinyl leadwireTotalleadwireresistancepermeter:0.44Ω

3-wire systemWFLA-6-11-3LDBTB-F

WFLA-3-11-1LDBB-F

WFLA-3-350-11-1LDBB-F

2-wire system

3-wire system

Red stripe (1st axis)Blue stripe (3rd axis)Black stripe (2nd axis)

Red (1st axis)Green (3rd axis)White (2nd axis)

Red

Red

Red stripe(independent)

WFCA-6-11-3LDBTB-F

WFRA-6-11-3LDBTB-F

3-wire system

0°/45°/90° 3-element stacked Rosette WFRA

0°/90° 2-element stacked Rosette WFCA

Gauge backing length

Backing thickness

Gau

ge b

acki

ng

wid

th

Red stripe (1st axis) Black stripe (2nd axis)

WFRA-3-11-1LDBB-F

WFLA -3 -350 -11 -3LDBB-F Example of type nubmer designation

Basic gauge typeGauge length

Self-temperature-compensation numberGaugeresistance(blankfor120Ω)

Single elementWFLA-3

-_LDBB-F_ filled with length

3 1.7 17 8 1.5 120W F L A - 3 -350 3 3.2 17 8 1.5 350

WFLA-6 6 2.2 25 11 1.5 120

0°/90°2-elementRosetteStackedWFCA-3 -_LDBB-F

_ filled with length

3 1.7 19 16 1.5 120

WFCA-6 6 2.3 25 21 1.5 120

0°/45°/90° 3-element Rosette Stacked

WFRA-3 -LDBB-F_ filled with length

3 1.7 19 16 1.5 120

WFRA-6 6 2.3 25 21 1.5 120

SIingle elementWFLA-3 -_LDBTB-F

_ filled with length

3 1.7 17.0 8 1.5 120

WFLA-6 6 2.2 25.0 11 1.5 120

0°/90°2-elementStackedWFCA-3 -_LDBTB-F

_ filled with length

3 1.7 19 16 1.5 120

WFCA-6 6 2.3 25 21 1.5 120

0°/45°/90° 3-element Rosette Stacked

WFRA-3 -_LDBTB-F_ filled with length

3 1.7 19 16 1.5 120

WFRA-6 6 2.3 25 21 1.5 120

2-wire system

3-wire system

Minimum order is 10 gauges or more.

Minimum order is 10 gauges or more.

Quarter bridge 3-wire system is usable to avoid an unexpected effect of resistance change with temperature.

Length in meter and the specified integral leadwire with CE compliant

WATERPROOF STRAIN GAUGES

53

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

53

Suffixcodefortemperaturecompensationmaterials -11: Mild steel -17: Stainless steel -23: Aluminium -28: Magnesium

series QFHIGH TEMPERATURESTRAIN GAUGES

Applicable adhesives CN ‒20~+120ºCNP-50B ‒20~+200ºCC-1/EB-2 ‒20~+200ºC

Operating temperature range

+200°C‒20°C

+10°C +100°CTemperature compensation range

GENERAL PURPOSE/SHEARING STRESS MEASUREMENT

These are foil strain gauges having a polyimide resin backing, which exhibits excellent performance in high temperature up to 200°C. Stress concentration measurement gauges and shear stress measurement gauges are also available in this series.

0°/90° 2-element plane Rosette QFCA

Generalpurpose

QFLG-02-11 0.2 1.4 3.5 2.5 120

QFLA-1-11 1 1.3 5 2.5 120

QFLA-2-11 2 1.5 6.5 3 120

QFLA-3-11 3 1.7 8.8 3.5 120

QFLA-5-11 5 1.5 10 3 120

QFLA-6-11 6 2.2 12.5 4.3 120FLK type withnarrow gaugebase

QFLK-1-11 1 0.7 4.5 1.4 120

QFLK-2-11 2 0.9 5.5 1.5 120

for Magnesium QFLK-2-28 2 0.9 5.5 1.5 120High gauge resistance

QFLA-1-350-11 1 2 5 4 350

QFLA-2-350-11 2 1.9 6.1 3.5 350

QFLA-3-350-11 3 3.2 8.5 5 350

QFLA-6-350-11 6 2.6 12.5 4.5 350

QFLA-6-1000-11 6 4.6 13.5 7 1000

QFCA-1-11 1 1.3 7.2 7.2 120QFCA-3-11 3 1.7 11 11 120

QFCB-2-11X and Y axes

8.2 8 1202 1.5

QFRA-1-11 1 1.3 7.2 7.2 120

QFRA-3-11 3 1.7 11 11 120

QFLT-05A-11-002LE 0.5 0.66 4 1.3 120

QFLT-05B-11-002LE 0.5 0.66 4 1.3 120

QFLT-1A-11-002LE 1.2 1.1 5.7 2 120

QFLT-1-350A-11-002LE 1 1.1 5.7 2 350

QFLT-1B-11-002LE 1.2 1.1 5.7 2 120

QFLT-1-350B-11-002LE 1 1.1 5.7 2 350

QFCA-1-11

QFRA-1-11

QFCB-2-11

(x 3)

(x 3)

(x 3)

(x 3)

Single element : QFLG/QFLA/QFLK

Gauge Length

Gau

ge

Wid

th

Gau

ge b

acki

ng

wid

th

Gauge backing length

0°/45°/90° 3-element plane Rosette QFRA

Single elementShearing strain measurement

Gauge Length

Gauge Width

Gau

ge

back

ing

wid

th

Gauge backing length

Each package contains 10 gauges.

N.B. -002LE: Polyimide leadwire of 2-cm pre-attached

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Y X

Backing colors are all the same with different materials For ordering, the abovesuffixcodeshouldbeaddedtothebasicgaugetype.

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W T

Resist-ance Ω

54

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

54

series QFHIGH TEMPERATURESTRAIN GAUGES

STRESS CONCENTRATION MEASUREMENTGauge pattern Basic type Gauge size

L WBacking

L W TResist-ance Ω

Suffixcodefortemperaturecompensationmaterials -11: Mild steel -17: Stainless steel -23: Aluminium

Backing colors are all the same with different materials For ordering, the abovesuffixcodeshouldbeaddedtothebasicgaugetype.

Operating temperature range

+200°C‒20°C

+10°C +100°CTemperature compensation range

Applicable adhesives CN ‒20~+120ºCNP-50B ‒20~+200ºCC-1/EB-2 ‒20~+200ºC

Example of type number designation.

QFLA-5 -11 -3LJC-F/-3LJCT-F (2-wire/3-wire)

Length in meter and type of integral leadwire(*1) CE compliant Self-temperature-compensation number (*²) Basic strain gauge type

*¹: Not mentioned for gauges without integral leadwire.

*²: QF-series gauges are available for self-temperature- compensation with -11 (Mild steel of 11ppm//°C)

For the following numbers, contact TML or your local representative.-17: Stainless steel, Copper alloy (17ppm/°C)-23: Aluminium (23ppm/°C)

Gauge pitch2mm

QFXV-1-11-002LE 1 1.3 5 12 120QFYV-1-11-002LE 1 1.4 5 12 120

QFBX-04-11-005LE 0.4 1.3 5.4 1 120QFBY-06-11-005LE 0.6 0.8 5.3 1 120QFLX-1-11-002LE 1 1.3 5 2 120

Gauge pitch1mm

QFBXV-04-11-005LE 0.4 1.3 5.4 7.4 120QFBYV-06-11-005LE 0.6 0.8 5.3 7 120

QFCT-2-11 2 1.5 8.7 6.5 120QFCT-2-350-11 2 1.7 7.6 5.3 350

(x 3)

(x 3)

(x 3)

5-element single-axis : QFXV/QFYV/QFBXV/QFBYV

N.B. -002LE: Polyimide insulated gauge lead of 2-cm pre-attached

Single element : QFBX/QFBY/QFLXSingle element cut away from the above Stress Concentration gauge.

N.B. -005LE: Polyimide leadwire of 5-cm pre-attachedN.B. -002LE: Polyimide leadwire of 2-cm pre-attached

QFBX-04

QFBY-06

QFLX-1

X-axis magnified

QFXV-1-11-002LE QFYV-1-11-002LE

Y-axis magnified

QFBXV-04 QFBYV-06

magnified magnified N.B. -005LE: Polyimide leadwire of 5-cm pre-attached

Torque measurement : QFCT

QFCT-2-11

QFCT-2-350-11

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Gauge pitch

Recommendable integral leadwire for QF series

Application Leadwires Operatingtemperature (°C ) Leadwire code exampled

High temperature3-wiretwistedfluorinatedresin(FEP)6FA_LT-F (No Tetra-Etch required for surface preparation)3-wiretwistedfluorinatedresin(FEP)6FB_LT-F

-269~+200 QFLA-1-11-6FA3LT-FQFLA-1-11-6FB3LT-F

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

55

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

series ZFHIGH TEMPERATURESTRAIN GAUGES

These strain gauges are designed for measurement in high temperature up to 300°C. It utilizes specially designed Ni-Cr alloy foil for the grid and polyimide resin for the gauge backing. Owing to the construction, the strain gauges are successfully used for measurement in high temperature.

Operating temperature range

+300°C‒20°C

+10°C +100°CTemperature compensation range

Applicable adhesives NP-50B ‒20~+300ºCC-1/EB-2 ‒20~+200ºCCN ‒20~+120ºC

Example of type number designation.

ZFLA-6 -11 4FA-3LT-F (3-wire)

Length in meter and type of integral leadwire ( *¹) CE compliant Self-temperature-compensation number (*²) Basic strain gauge type

*¹: Not mentioned for gauges without integral leadwire.

*²: ZF-series gauges are available for self-temperature- compensation with -11 (Mild steel of 11ppm/°C)

For the following numbers, contact TML.-17: Stainless steel, Copper alloy (17ppm/°C)-23: Aluminium (23ppm/°C)

Suffixcodefortemperaturecompensationmaterials -11: Mild steel -17: Stainless steel -23: Aluminium

Backing colors are all the same with different materials For ordering, the abovesuffixcodeshouldbeaddedtothebasicgaugetype.

Recommendable integral leadwire for ZF series

Application Leadwires Operatingtemperature (°C ) Leadwire code exampled

High temperature

3-wiretwistedFEP6FA_LT-F (No Tetra-Etch required for surface)3-wiretwistedFEP6FB_LT-F

-269~+200 ZFLA-3-350-11-6FA3LT-FZFLA-3-350-11-6FB3LT-F

3-wire twisted PTFE 4FA_LT-F3-wire twisted PTFE 4FB_LT-F

-269~+260For short term use,+300°C is available.

ZFLA-3-350-11-4FA3LT-FZFLA-3-350-11-4FB3LT-F

ZFLK-2-11 2 0.5 5.4 1.4 120ZFLA-1-11 1 1.8 7 3 120ZFLA-3-11 3 1.8 10.5 3.5 120ZFLA-6-11 6 2.5 15.5 4.5 120ZFLA-3-60-11 3 0.7 7.7 2.6 60ZFLA-1-350-11 1 1.7 6.6 3.2 350ZFLA-3-350-11 3 3.2 10.2 5.2 350ZFLA-6-350-11 6 2.8 16 5.3 350

Plane typeZFCA-1-350-11 1 1.7 8.5 8.5 350ZFCA-3-350-11 3 1.4 10.5 10.5 350

Stacked type

ZFCAL-1-11 1 1.1 φ 5.4 120

Plane typeZFRA-1-350-11 1 1.7 8.5 8.5 350ZFRA-3-350-11 3 1.4 10.5 10.5 350

Stacked type

ZFRAL-1-11 1 1.1 φ 5.4 120

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

(x 3)

(x 3)

0°/90° 2-element Rosette

Single element : ZFLA

0°/45°/90° 3-element Rosette

Plane : ZFCAStacked : ZFCAL

Plane : ZFRAStacked : ZFRAL

Gauge backing length

Gauge Length

Gau

ge

Wid

th

Gau

ge b

acki

ng

wid

th

ZFCA-1-350-11

ZFRA-1-350-11

ZFCAL-1-11ZFCA-1-350-11

ZFRA-1-350-11ZFRAL-1-11

Each package contains 10 gauges.

HIGH TEMPERATURE USE

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Each package contains 10 gauges.

56

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

series EFHIGH TEMPERATURESTRAIN GAUGES

series CEFHIGH & LOW TEMPERATURESTRAIN GAUGES

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

L : length W : width (Unit:mm)

These gauges have a small grid pattern required for measure-ment of printed circuit boards and surface mounted devices, which are getting smaller and smaller. The backing of the gauges is made of polyimide resin. The maximum operaing temperature is +300°C for single element gauges and +200°C for two and three elements gauges. The lowest operating temperatureis‒196°C for both gauges.

Applicable adhesives CN ‒196~+120ºCEB-2 ‒60~+200ºCC-1 ‒196~+200ºCNP-50B ‒20~+300ºC

Suffixcodefortemperaturecompensationmaterials -11: Mild steel

Operating temperature range +200°C‒196°C0°C +150°CTemperature compensation range

Operating temperature range+300°C

‒196°C

+10°C +150°CTemperature compensation range

Suffixcodefortemperaturecompensationmaterials -11: Mild steel -17: Stainless steel -23: AluminiumBacking colors are all the same with different materials For ordering, theabovesuffixcodeshouldbeaddedtothebasicgaugetype.

+200°C‒269°C

Operating temperature range

Temperature compensation range approximately+80°C‒196°C

These are strain gauges utilizing polyimide resin for the gauge backing and special alloy foil for the grid. It features a wide range of operating temperature from cryogenic temperature to +200°C. This series is available only in single axis configurationwithgaugelengthof1,3and6mm.

Applicable adhesives EA-2A ‒269~+50ºCCN ‒196~+120ºCC-1 ‒269~+200ºC

Recommendable integral leadwire for CEF series

Application Leadwires Operatingtemperature (°C ) Leadwire code exampled

High temperature

3-wiretwistedFEP6FA_LT-F (No Tetra-Etch required for surface)3-wiretwistedFEP6FB_LT-F

-269~+200 CEFLA-1-11-6FA3LT-FCEFLA-1-11-6FB3LT-F

3-wire twisted PTFE 4FA_LT-F3-wire twisted PTFE 4FB_LT-F -269~+260 CEFLA-1-11-4FA3LT-F

CEFLA-1-11-4FB3LT-F

EFLK-02-11 0.2 0.8 1.6 1.2 120EFLX-02-11 0.2 0.8 1.8 1.2 120

CEFLA-1 1 0.5 4 2.2 120CEFLA-3 3 0.6 6.9 2.8 120CEFLA-6 6 1 10.6 3.1 120

Stacked type

EFCA-05-11-002LE 0.2 0.8 φ 3.8 1.2 120

EFRA-05-11-002LE 0.2 0.8 φ 3.8 1.2 120

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

EFLK-02-11 (x3)

Single element

0°/90° 2-element Rosette0°/45°/90° 3-element Rosette

EFLX-02-11 (x3)

EFRA-05-11 (x3)

CEFLA-1 (x3)

Single element

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Single element

0°/90°2-element Stacked Rosette0°/45°/90°3-element Stacked Rosette

N.B. -002LE: Polyimide leadwire of 2-cm pre-attached

HIGH TEMPERATURE USE, MINIATURE

HIGH & LOW TEMPERATURE USE

57

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Suffix code for temperature compensation materials -11: Mild steel -17: Stainless steel -23: AluminiumFor ordering, the above suffix code should be added to the basic gauge type.

57

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

+80°C

+80°C‒196°C

Strain measurement in High- and Low-temperature environments

Recommendable integral leadwire for CF series

Application Leadwires Operatingtemperature (°C ) Leadwire code exampled

High temperature

3-wiretwistedFEP6FA_LT-F (No Tetra-Etch required for surface)3-wiretwistedFEP6FB_LT-F

-269~+200 CFLA-1-350-11-6FA3LT-FCFLA-1-350-11-6FB3LT-F

3-wire twisted PTFE 4FA_LT-F3-wire twisted PTFE 4FB_LT-F -269~+260 CFLA-1-350-11-4FA3LT-F

CFLA-1-350-11-4FB3LT-F

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

series CFCryogenic temperatureSTRAIN GAUGES

Applicable adhesives EA-2A ‒269~+50ºCCN ‒196~+80ºCC-1 ‒269~+80ºC

‒269°C

Operating temperature range

Temperature compensation range approximately

CFLA-1-350 1 1.6 5.4 3.2 350CFLA-3-350 3 1.7 8.8 3.5 350CFLA-6-350 6 2.2 12.5 4.3 350

CFCA-1-350 1 1.3 7.2 7.2 350CFCA-3-350 3 1.7 11 11 350

CFRA-1-350 1 1.3 7.2 7.2 350CFRA-3-350 3 1.7 11 11 350

Test tempe-rature

High-temperature a tmosphere to 300°C

High-temperature atmosphere to 800°C

Cryogenic tempe-rature atmosphere to-269°C

Strain Gauge ZF series AWHU (Weldable type) CF series

Bonding adhesive NP-50B Resistance

welding EA-2A, C-1

Connecting terminals Not used - TPF

Leadwire PTFE-insulated MI cable FEP-insulatedCoating materials TSE3976-B - K-1

Material combination chart

Bondable gauge ZF seriesand PTFE insulated leadwires

Actual strain measurement at high and low temperatures

Wire connectionAt temperature above 200°C, ordinary adhesive-bonded connecting terminals cannot be used. Connect gauge leads and leadwires directly using high-temperature solder. In this case, the best method is to use thin stainless steel plates to be welded to a test specimen to secure the leadwire. The same installation method can also be used in low temperature environments, and connecting terminals can also be used as a relay.

in normal temperature (room temperature up to +80°C) in that a problem of thermal output can no longer be ignored, and the key factor is technique used to eliminate or compensate for this thermal output.

In situations where heating or cooling occurs, as in engines, turbines, nuclear reactors, chemical plants, etc., the mechanical and thermal stresses in the structural materials are measured. Strain measurement in high- or low-temperature environments differs from measurement

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Each package contains 10 gauges.

0°/90° 2-element plane Rosette CFCA

These are foil strain gauges with epoxy backing designed for measurement under cryogenic conditions. They are available in single element, rectangular 2-element and rectangular 3-elementconfigurationswith350Ωresistance.Thespeciallyselected and heat treated grid of the gauges shows very small zero shift under cryogenic temperature compared to conventional strain gauges.

Single element : CFLA

0°/45°/90° 3-element plane Rosette CFRA

CFLA-1-350 (x3)

CFCA-1-350

CFRA-1-350

CRYOGENIC TEMPERATURE USE

PTFE:Polytetrafluoroethylene4FFEP:Tetrafluoroethylene-hexafluoropropylenecopolymer

58

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Strain measurement in High- and Low-temperature environments

GAUGE TYPE : FLA-3-11 TESTED ON : SS 400

LOT NO. : A502515 COEFFICIENT OF THERMAL EXPANSION : 11.8 x10-6/°C

GAUGE FACTOR : 2.14 ±1% TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT OF G.F. :+0.1±0.05 %/10°C

ADHESIVE : P-2 DATA NO. : A0312

Measurement correction and causes of errors

6.0

4.0

2.0

0.0

-2.0

-4.0

-6.0

Thermal output

TemperaturecoefficientofGF

300

200

100

0

-100

-200

-3000 20 40 60 80A

PPA

RE

NT

STR

AIN

(

µ m

/m)

TEMPERATURE (°C)

Varia

tion

of G

.F. w

ith te

mpe

ratu

reTemperaturecoefficentofG

.F.(%

)

(Instrument G.F. set: 2.00) Apparent strain Gauge Factor

THERMALOUTPUT(Ɛapp:APPARENTSTRAIN)

Ɛapp=-2.94x101+2.32xT1-4.60x10-2xT2 +1.67x10-4 xT3+5.00x10-7xT4 (µ m/m)Tolerance : ±0.85 [ (µ m/m)/°C ], T : Temperature

CoatingMaterials that are flexible in normal temperature become rigid and brittle in very low temperature, and care should be taken in the thickness of such coatings. K-1 is a coating with excellent hardeness and peel strength in low temperature. However, if the coating is applied thicker than necessary, it tends to constrain the section of the test specimen on which the strain gauge is installed, so that accurate measurements cannot be performed. Note that this constraint effect is particularly pronounced when the test specimen is a thin plate.

CuringTo el iminate characterist ic f luctuations result ing from repeated temperature cycles, strain gauge and adhesive must be stabilized. Exposing an adhesive that hardens at room temperature to a temperature slightly higher than the test temperature stabilizes the strain gauge and adhesive, thereby improving the reproducibility of the thermal output. For mechanical structures, perform repeated break-in trial runs prior to strain measurement to subject the strain gauge to the temperature and other loads.

Effects of leadwire temperatureWith quarter bridge 2-wire system, changes in leadwire temperature cause changes in the leadwire resistance which in turn generate thermal output. The following equation is to compensate for such thermal output.

Ɛ=‒‒‒‒‒‒‒‒‒‒‒‒ where K : Indicated gauge factor R:Straingaugeresistance(Ω) r : Total resistance per meter of leadwire (Ω/m) L : Leadwire length (m) Ɛ:Leadwirethermaloutput α:Thermalcoefficientofresistanceof leadwire ΔT:Leadwiretemperaturechange(°C)The leadwire temperature has no effect on thermal output for quarter bridge measurement with 3-wire system.

rxLxαxΔTK x (R + r x L)

Thermal output (Apparent strain with temperature)If there is temperature change in the strain gauge installed on the test specimen, thermal output will be generated even when there is no strain caused by external force. As a result, if external force is applied along with a change in temperature, the thermal output must be subtracted from the indicated value on the measuring device as shown in the following equation.EquationƐc(ΔT)=Ɛ(ΔT)‒Ɛapp(ΔT) where ΔT:Temperaturechangeatthestraingauge Ɛc(ΔT):Valueminusthermaloutput(correctedvalue) Ɛ(ΔT):Indicatedvalueonstrainmeter Ɛapp(ΔT):ThermaloutputwithtemperaturechangeThe strain gauge thermal output is shown on the data sheet supplied with the strain gauge in the form of a graph and as a quadratic equation (as a variable of the temperature). This thermal output is the value with the strain gauge installed on the test specimen given on the data sheet. This data is also

formulated based on the standard temperature of 20°C and a gauge factor of 2.00. To check the thermal output, read the value from the graph or substitute the temperature into the quadratic equation.

Gauge factor change with temperatureBecause the gauge factor of a strain gauge also changes with temperature, the gauge factor should be corrected when this change is large. The gauge factor change with temperature is given in the data sheet supplied with the strain gauge in the formofagraphandasatemperaturecoefficientper10°C. The gauge factor shown on the strain gauge package is a reference value at room temperature. Use Equation KT as below to obtain a gauge factor with temperature change using the indicated gauge factor and the temperaturecoefficient. Equation KT=Kx1+CK x (t - 20) /10 Where KT : Gauge factor at T°C K : Gauge factor at room temperature CK:Gaugefactortemperaturecoefficient(%/10°C) T : Strain gauge temperature (°C)Also, in case measurement at T°C is performed using normal temperaturegauge factor,EquationƐG corrects the indicated value.

EquationƐG= KxƐT KT

ƐG : Strain following correction of the gauge factor for temperature ƐT : Indicated strain for T°CIf strain is measured when external force is applied at the same time as a temperature change, perform thermal output and gauge factor corrections described above. Use the following equation to correct the indicated strain on the measuring device and obtain the strain due to the external force.From Equations Ɛc(ΔT)andƐG,

EquationƐ(ΔT)=Ɛi (ΔT)‒Ɛapp(ΔT)x‒‒‒

Where ΔT:Temperaturechangeexperiencedbythestrain gauge Ɛ(ΔT):StrainduetoexternalforceƐi (ΔT):Indicatedstrainonthemeasuringdevice Ɛapp(ΔT):Thermaloutputduetothetemperaturechange K : Gauge factor at room temperature KT : Gauge factor at T °C

Soldering probe

Leadwires

Thin plate of stainless steel

Gauge leads and leadwires soldered directly

STRAIN GAUGE TEST DATA

KKT

Tip

59

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

AWM ‒196~+300°C Quarter bridge 3-wire AW-6 ‒196~+300°C Quarter bridge 3-wire

AWM-8-1AGaugebase:Inconel600AWM-8-1B Gauge base : SUS304 AW-6-350-11-4FB01LT

AWMD ‒196~+800°C for dynamic strain Full bridge AWC ‒20~+100°C

AWMD-5 Gaugebase:Inconel600

AWMD-8 Gaugebase:Inconel600 AWC-2B-11-3LQSA 1-Gauge 4-Wire AWC-8B-11-3LTSB Quarter bridge 3-wire

AWH ‒196~+600°C for static strain Full bridge‒196~+650°C for dynamic strain Full bridge

AWCH ‒196~+200°C 1-Gauge 4-Wire

AWH-4-7A/AWH-8-7AGaugebase:Inconel600 AWH-4-7B/AWH-8-7B Gauge base: SUS321 AWCH-2-11-MI2L-05LQSA Gauge base: SUS304

AWHU ‒196~+800°C Full bridge AWHU-5Gaugebase:Inconel600

AWHU-8Gaugebase:Inconel600

AWM / AWMD / AWH / AWHU / AW / AWC / AWCH

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)AWM -8- 1 B -2 -17.0AWMD -5- A KM -2 (6F) -1.6Hz*AWMD -8- A -2 -1.6Hz*AWH -8- 7 A -2 -11.0AWHU -5- 9 A KM -2 (6F) -12.7

High temperature WELDABLE STRAIN GAUGES

series AW

(1) Type (2) Gauge length

(3) Temperature compensation range (4) Gauge base*¹ (5) Option

AWM : static/dynamic 300°C

8: 8mm 0 :‒196°C~RT A:Inconel600 E: Ground earth1 :RT~+300°C Applicable thermal

expansioncoefficientof 11ppm/°C or closer

F: CompressionfittingsAWMD : dynamic only

800°C 5: 5mm 8: 8mm

2 :RT~+350°C K: Narrow gauge width3 :RT~+400°C W=3mm(5mmstandard)

AWH :static600°C:dynamic650°C

4: 4mm 8: 8mm

4 :RT~+450°C B: AWH SUS321 M: Small junction type of sleeve B φ2.0mmL=20mmAWHU and AWMD-5 are normally provided with small junction

5 :RT~+500°C AWM SUS304AWHU : static/dynamic

800°C 5: 5mm 8: 8mm

6 :RT~+550°C Applicable thermal expansioncoefficiento f 1 7 p p m / ° C o r closer

7 :RT~+600°C8 :RT~+650°C9 :RT~+800°C P: NDIS type plug attached*²10 : Others R: Bend of gauge backing or pipeNB1: Dynamic use AWMD is not applicable. Z: Filter-less (AWMD)

NB2: RT Room temperature

These strain gauges have strain sensing elements fully encapsulated in corrosion-resisting metal tubes made of stainlesssteelorInconel(exceptAW-6-350).Thestraingaugebackings are also made of the same material, and the gauges are installed by spot welding to metal specimens using a dedicated spot welder.

The maximum operating temperatue is 800°C for the AWHU. These gauges are suited to measurement in high temperature harsh environments such as underwater or gas-f i l led atmosphere, or for long term. The AWC-2B and AWCH-2 are availablein1-Gauge4-Wireconfiguration.

AW series coding system

*:High-passfilteronlyforAWMDEitheroneavailableamong1.6,7.2or16Hz.

*¹:SelectcodeAforthermalexpansioncoefficientof11ppm/°Corcloser,orBforcoefficentof17ppm/°C*²: For option code P, NDIS plug is attached to the end of cables following Temperature-compensation board or High-passfilter.

60

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

AWM / AWMD / AWH / AWHU / AW / AWC / AWCH

High temperature WELDABLE STRAIN GAUGES

series AW

(6)MIcable (7) Supplied cable length (8) Temperature compensation materialsorHigh-passfilter

2: φ1.6mm2m No marks: φ 4.1mm shielded vinyl cable of 0.5m Materials available for temperature-compensationCore cable of heat-resistive copper

Except for standard length, required length is given in bracketExample: 4.5m long to (4.5)

10.9: SUS430 or equivalent11.0: Mild steel (ferritic) or equivalent12.7: INCONEL600orequivalent

(6F): φ1.6mmshielded fluoroethylenepropylene cable (FEP) of 0.5m for AWHU-5/-8, AWMD-5Except for standard length, required lengthisgivenaftersuffix6F.Example:4.5mlongto(6F4.5)

17.0: SUS304 or equivalentHigh-passfilterforonlyAWMD1.6: 1.6Hz7.2: 7.2Hz

16: 16Hz

Metal ribbon suppliedInconel600

Weldable strain gauges

Metal ribbon supplied SUS304

MI cable

Sleeve A

Examples of option

F:CompressionfittingsCorrection for strain gauge height

Unlike adhesive-bonding strain gauges, the sensitive elements in weldable strain gauges sit some distance above the test specimen surface. As a result, the sensitivity to torsion and bending is different. Particularly in bending tests for thin boards, the following equation must be used to correct the sensitivity.

Kb=Kx————h+(t / 2) t / 2

t / 2hstrain gauge

Securing Sleeve AAlign the center of the strain gauge with the marks and press down on the gauge so that it is flushagainstthetestspecimen.Sleeve A is secured using the metal ribbon as illustrated.

Securing MI cableTo avoid load being placed on secured sleeve A, secure the MI cable with the metal ribbon.To avoid undue strain on the MI cable, secure the cable between the gauge and connect ing terminal in a gentle curve.

Sleeve A

MI cableMetal ribbonsupplied

t

Using resistance welding to install weldable strain gauges

Weldablestraingauges includeMetal ribbonof Inconel600orSUS304 for trial welding and securing sleeve A and MI cable. To install weldable strain gauges, use Spot Welder W-50RB together with the metal ribbon.

Metal ribbon supplied : Inconel6002pcs.30~50x5x0.08mm SUS304 3 pcs. 32 x 11 x 0.08mm

Trial WeldingThe metal ribbon is used to adjust the welding power of the Spot Welder. If cracks or a hole appear in the ribbon, reduce the power. If the ribbon is unmarked, increase the power.

Spot Welder W-50RB

weldingprobe

metal ribbon

tip crack hole

unmarkedwelded

where, h : height of the strain gauge sensitive element t : test specimen thicknessKb: Gauge factor due to bending K : Indicated gauge factor

Weldable gauge AWHU and MI cable

R: Bend of gauge backing or pipe

Stainless steel ribbon Designedtofixcables

Size 5mm x 10m x 0.08mm 10mm x 10m x 0.08mm

61

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

W

Operating temperature range+800°C

‒196°C

TypeGaugelength(mm)

Gauge base Operating temperature<Temperature compensation

range>Test

specimen

Resist-ance in

ΩDimension

(mm) Materials

Dynamic strainmeasurement

AWMD-5-AKMS-2(6F)-1.6Hz* 5 L10xW3xT0.7 Inconel600 ‒196~+800°C< N/A >

Inconel600or equivalent

60AWMD-8-A-2-1.6Hz* 8 L16xW5xT0.7 Inconel600 120

Temperature compensation range Not available

+300°C‒196°C

TypeGaugelength(mm)

Gauge base Operating temperature<Temperature compensation

range>Test specimen

Resist-ance in Ω

Dimension(mm) Materials

Static/Dynamicstrain measurement

AWM-8-1A-2-11.08 L16xW5xT0.7

Inconel600 For static/dynamic use‒196~+300°C

<Room-temperature~+300°C>

Mild steel or equivalnet

120AWM-8-1B-2-17.0 SUS304 SUS304

or equivalent

RT +300°CTemperature compensation range

Weldable Strain Gauges AWM / AWMD

Operating temperature range

High temperature WELDABLE STRAIN GAUGES

series AW

*:High-passfilteronlyforAWMDEitheroneavailableamong1.6,7.2or16Hz.10 22 10 MI cable 20 FEP cable of 0.5m

5

φ0.8 φ2

φ1.6 φ2

φ4.1

0.7

RedGreenBlackWhite

3

φ1.6

161610MIcable 35Vinyl extension cable of 0.5m

φ0.8 φ2

φ1.6

0.7

RedGreenBlackWhite

TML Bridge Box Full bridgewiring

or

NDIS plugconnector

Plug-in NDIS connector of TML DynamicStrainmeter

φ6

Highpassfilter

Option code P for NDIS plug connector available with AWMD/AWH/AWHU attached to Temperature-compensationboardorHigh-passfilter

15

30

The AWMD is applicable up to 800°C and it is dedicated to dynamicstrainmeasurement.Ahighpassfilterisastandardaccessory. Using the high pass filter, unnecessary direct current component or low frequency component (thermal output, drift etc.) in the measurement signals can be neglected.TheDCexcitingDynamicStrainmeter(DC-96A/-97A)ortheSmartDynamicStrainRecorderDC-204R,Multi-Recorder TMR-200 should be used for the measurement.

161610MIcable 35 Vinylextensioncableof0.5m

5

φ0.8 φ

2

φ1.6

φ6

φ4.1

0.7

RedWhiteBlack

The AWM is usable up to 300°C for both static and dynamic strain measurement. The backing material is available in Inconel600orSUS304whichshouldbeselectedaccordingto the test specimen material.

AWM-8 Quarter bridge with 3-wire method Minimum order is 1 gauge.

AWMD-5 / AWMD-8 for dynamic strain measurement only Full bridge Minimum order is 1 gauge.

AWM-8

AWMD-5

AWMD-8

62

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

series AW

Weldable Strain Gauges AWH / AWHU

RT

RTC

RTC

Operating temperature range+800°C

‒196°C

Temperature compensation range+800°C

RT

TypeGaugelength(mm)

Gauge base Operating temperature<Temperature compensation

range>Test specimen

Resist-ance in Ω

Dimension(mm) Materials

Static/Dynamic measurement

AWHU-5-9AKM-2(6F)-12.7 5 L10xW3xT0.8Inconel600

For static/dynamic use‒196~+800°C

<Room-temperature~+800°C >Inconel600or equivalent

60

AWHU-8-9AKM-2(6F)-12.7 8 L16xW3xT0.8 120

Type A B C DAWH-4 3 10 8 10AWH-8 5 16 16 10

Operating temperature range

+600°C‒196°CStatic strain measurement

+650°C‒196°CDynamic strain measurement

Temperature compensation range

+600°CStatic strain measurement

+650°CRTDynamic strain measurement

TypeGaugelength(mm)

Gauge base Operating temperature<Temperature compensation range> Test specimen

Resist-ance in

ΩDimension(mm) Materials

AWH-4-7A-2-11.04 L10xW3xT0.8

Inconel600 Forstaticuse‒196~+600°C<Room-temperature~+600°C>

Fordynamicuse‒196~+650°C<Room-temperature~+650°C >

Mild steel or equivalent60

AWH-4-7B-2-17.0 SUS321 SUS304 or equivalentAWH-8-7A-2-11.0

8 L16xW5xT0.8Inconel600 Mild steel or equivalent

120AWH-8-7B-2-17.0 SUS321 SUS304 or equivalent

High temperature WELDABLE STRAIN GAUGES

10 22 10 MI cable 20 FEP cable of 0.5m

3

φ1

φ2

φ1.6

φ2

0.8

3

φ1.6

35

14

RedGreenBlackWhite

16 1610

Temperature-compensation circuit board HTG-A1

φ4.1

φ1.6

φ6φ

2

φ1

B C D MI cable of 2m 35 Vinyl extension cable of 0.5m

A0.

8

RedGreenBlackWhite

35

14

Temperature-compensation circuit board HTG-A1

These gauges are usable up to 800°C for both static and dynamic strain measurement. Although the gauge has a half bridge construction consisting of active and dummy gauges, the measurement is made by the full bridge method using the supplied temperature compensation circuit board. The gauge base, junction part and cable of these gauges are constructedsmallasastandardspecificationandthegaugesare suited for being mounted on a narrow or a curved part.

Thebackingmaterial isavailable inInconel600orSUS321which should be selected according to the test specimen material. Although the gauge has a half bridge construction consisting of active and dummy gauges, the measurement is made by the full bridge method using the supplied temperature compensation circuit board. The maximum operatingtemperatureis600°C for static strain measurement and650°C for dynamic strain measurement.

AWH-4 / AWH-8 Full bridge Minimum order is 1 gauge.

AWHU-5 / AWHU-8 Full bridge Minimum order is 1 gauge.

AWHU-5

AWHU-8

63

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

63

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

+100°C+100°C

Weldable Strain Gauges AW / AWC / AWCH

0.5

TypeGauge

length (mm)Gauge base Operating temperature

<Temperature compensation range>Test

specimenResis t -anceinΩDimension(mm) Materials

AWCH-2-11-MI2L-05LQSA 2 L16xW5xT0.5 SUS304 ‒196~+200°C<0~+150°C > Mild steel 120

Operating temperature range+300°C‒196°C

+100°C+10°CTemperature compensation range

TypeGauge

length (mm)Gauge base Operating temperature

<Temperature compensation range>Test

specimenR e s i s t -anceinΩDimension(mm) Materials

AW-6-350-11-4FB01LT 6 L24xW5 SUS304 ‒196~+300°C<+10~+100°C> Mild steel 350

Operating temperature range+100°C‒20°C

0°CTemperature compensation range

+10°CAWC-2B-11-3LQAWC-8B-11-3LT

TypeGauge

length (mm)Gauge base Operating temperature

<Temperature compensation range>Test

specimenResist-anceinΩDimension(mm) Materials

AWC-2B-11-3LQSA 2 L16xW5xT0.5SUS304

‒20~+100°C<0~+100°C >

Mild steel 120AWC-8B-11-3LTSB 8 L28xW5xT1 ‒20~+100°C

<+10~+100°C >

Operating temperature range+200°C‒196°C

+150°C0°CTemperature compensation range

Type A B C D EAWC-2B-11-3LQSA 5 16 35 φ5 0.5AWC-8B-11-3LTSB 5 28 35 φ8 1

series AWHigh temperature WELDABLE STRAIN GAUGES

Extension leadwire : AWC-2B-11-3LQ φ3mm 0.05mm² 4-core shielded chloroprene leadwire of 3m standard AWC-8B-11-3LT φ5mm 0.3mm² 3-core shielded vinyl leadwire of 3m standard (0.1Ω/m)

D

B approx.15 C 3000

A

φ1.4

16approx.168 MIcable2m 35

5

φ1.4 φ4

φ1.6

φ6

Red GreenBlackWhiteShieldφ3mm 4-core chloroprene

insulated leadwire 0.5m

These gauges have corrosion-resisting stainless steel backing with thickness of 0.08mm. They are easily installed by using the dedicated spot welder W-50RB.

Extension leadwire : φ0.2mmfluorinatedresininsulation(PTFE)of0.1mstandard

AW-6-350-11-4FB01LT Quarter bridge with 3-wire method Minimum order is 5 gauges.These gauges are suited for strain measurement in high temperature up to 300°C, for measurement of specimen to which adhesion is not applicable or for long term measurement.

24 approx.90

5 Red (independent)BlackWhite

AWC-2B-11-3LQSA 1-Gauge 4-Wire systemAWC-8B-11-3LTSB Quarter bridge 3-wire method Minimum order is 1 gauge.

These gauges are fully encapsulated in a stainless steel tube. It enables long term strain measurement in harsh environment.

AWCH-2-11-MI2L-05LQSA 1-Gauge 4-Wire systemThese gauges are fully encapsulated in compact size of stainless steel tube. These are designed for only 1-Gauge 4-Wire system with our data logger and can measure up to 200°C.

Red (independent)BlackWhiteShield

E

64

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

64

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

SPOT WELDER W-50R

Operation manual …………… 1AC power cable (CR-01) ……… 1Welding tip ……………………… 3Protective cap…………………… 2Abrasive paper (#400) ………… 5Carrying belt …………………… 1Hexagon head wrench ………… 1

series AW

SPECIFICATIONSWelding energy 1~10wattsec./5~50wattsec.continuous

60wattsec.Max.(110Vac50Hz)Output voltage approx. 32V Max.Output pulse width approx. 5 msec.Repetition use 2 welds/sec. at 50 watt sec.Rated output 20 min./1.5 welds/sec. at 50 watt sec.Weldable probe III type probe

Welding force 4.9~19.8NWelding tip Arm φ 3mm, Nose φ 1mmCable length 2m

Operation environment

0~+50°C 85%RH or less (no condensation allowed)

Power source 90~110Vac.,50/60Hz550VApeak(160msec.),210VA/2welds/sec.

Dimensions 300(W)x195(H)x195(D)mmWeight 13kgs.Standard accessory

High temperature WELDABLE STRAIN GAUGES

INDIVIDUAL TEST DATA AWM, AWH and AWHU are always examined and supplied with individual test data includingserialnumber,gaugefactor,thermaloutputcurve,bridgeconfiguration,etc.

This is a capacitive charge spot welder used for installing weldable strain gauges and fixing leadwires. The welding energy iscontrolled in2 rangesof1~10/5~50watt secondcontinuously, and a stabilizing circuit cancels the effect of changes in the power source voltage. As projecting parts such as electrical cables are packed inside, these are extremely convenientforfieldapplications.

Welding tip of W-50RB

Examples of installation

Stainless steel ribbon

Stainless steel ribbon

Installing a weldable gauge

Fixing a MI cable

Fixingafluorinatedinsulatedcable

65

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

65

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

PL-60-11

series PF

1020

30

20

2020

20

20

STEEL, CONCRETE, MORTAR MATERIAL USE

Recommendable integral leadwire for P/PF series with single element. No integral leadwire is available for rosette element PLC, PLR, PFLC and PFLR.

Application Leadwires Operatingtemperature (°C ) Leadwire code exampled

General use (temperature un-changed during measurement) Paralleled vinyl -LJB-F/ -LJC-F -20~+80 PL-60-11-3LJB-F

PFL-10-11-3LJC-F

General use 3-wire paralleled vinyl -LJBT-F/-LJCT-F -20~+80 PL-60-11-3LJBT-FPFL-10-11-3LJCT-F

1-gauge 4-wire measurement 0.08mm2 polypropyrene 4-wire paralleled -LQM-F -20~+100 PL-60-11-3LQM-F

Integral leadwire is available only for single element PL, but not for 2-element PLC and 3-element PLR.

PL-60-11 60 1 74 8 120PL-90-11 90 1 104 8 120PL-120-11 120 1 134 8 120

PLC-60-11 60 1 74 74 120

PLR-60-11 60 1 74 74 120

PFL-10-11 10 0.9 17.5 5 120PFL-20-11 20 1.2 28 6 120PFL-30-11 30 2.3 40 7 120

PFLC-20-11 20 1.2 28 28 120PFLC-30-11 30 2.3 40 40 120

PFLR-20-11 20 1.2 28 28 120PFLR-30-11 30 2.3 40 40 120

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

POLYESTER STRAIN GAUGES

series P/PF +80°C

+80°C+10°C

‒20°C

Temperature compensation range

Operating temperature range

Applicable adhesives CN-E ‒20~+80ºCRP-2 ‒20~+80ºCPS ‒20~+80ºC

Suffixcodefortemperaturecompensationmaterials -11: Mild steel For ordering, the above suffix code should be added to the basic gauge type.

0°/45°/90°3-elementstackedRosette

Single element

Single element

0°/90°2-elementstackedRosette

series P

Each package contains 10 gauges.

These are wire strain gauges utilizing a transparent plastic backing impregnated with polyester resin. The gauge length isavailable in3 rangesof60,90and120mm,so it issuitedto the measurement of concrete strain. Since the backing is transparent, the bonding position can easily be checked in the installation works.

Each package contains 10 gauges.

0°/90°2-elementstackedRosette

0°/45°/90°3-elementstackedRosette

PLC-60-11 ( x 1/4 )

PLR-60-11 ( x 1/4 )

PFLR-20-11 ( x 1/2 )

Single element

These are foil strain gauges utilizing a polyester resin backing which is the same as the P series. The gauge length is available in 3 ranges of 10, 20 and 30mm, so it is suited mainly to strain measurement on concrete or mortar. The backing is transparent and the installation is easy.

0°/90°2-elementstackedRosette

0°/45°/90°3-elementstacked Rosette

PFL-10-11

PFLC-20-11 ( x 1/2 )

PFL-20-11

PFL-30-11

0°/90°2-elementstackedRosette

0°/45°/90°3-elementstackedRosette

Single-element

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Example of type number designation. PL-60 -11 -3LJC-F CE compliant integral leadwire Self-temperature-compensation for Mild steel Basic strain gauge type

Each package contains 10 gauges.

66

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

66

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

METAL BACKING STRAIN GAUGES

series FLM/WFLM

MOLD STRAIN GAUGES

series PM

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

FLM-60-11 (x1/2)

+60°C‒20°COperating temperature range

a b c d

CONCRETE, MORTAR MATERIAL USE

CONCRETE, MORTAR MATERIAL USE

FLM-30-11 30 0.5 60 18 0.12 120

FLM-60-11 60 0.7 90 18 0.12 120

WFLM-30-11-2LJQTA 30 0.5 60 18 4 120

WFLM-60-11-2LJQTA 60 0.7 90 18 4 120

PML-60 -2LJD-2LJDT

60 1 125 13 5 40 120

PML-120 120 1 180 13 5 65 120

+80°C

+80°C+10°C

‒20°C

Temperature compensation range

Operating temperature range

Applicable adhesives PS ‒20~+80ºC

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W T

Resist-ance Ω

Suffixcodefortemperaturecompensationmaterials -11: Mild steel For ordering, the above suffix code should be added to the basic gauge type.

c

For long-term measurement of concrete structure, use StrainTransducerKM(refertopage69).

Single element Each package contains 5 gauges.

These strain gauges have thin stainless steel backings which prevent the penetration of moisture from the reverse sides. This construction is aimed for successful strain measurement on concrete surface. The WFLM gauges havemoistureproofingover-coatingand integral leadwire inaddition to the stainless steel backing. It is intended for long term measurement or measurement on underwater-curing conctrete.

Single element

WATERPROOF TYPESingle element0.09mm²3-wiretwistedcross-linkedpolyethyleneintegralleadwire of 2m -2LJQTATotalleadwireresistancepermeter:0.4Ω

WFLM-60-11-2LJQTA (x1/2)

YellowBlackRed (independent)

Single element

These gauges are designed exclusively for the measurement of internal strain of concrete or mortar under loading test. These are embedded into the measurement position when the concrete or mortar is placed. The gauges have a construction of the sensing element sealed into the backing madeofacrylicresinforwaterproofing.

a

b

d

Gauge center

Refertopages19-20forapplicableintegralleadwire.

Integral leadwire length longer than 2m is available.

Integral leadwire length longer than 2m are available.

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Single element Each package contains 10 gauges.

Example of type number designation. FLM-30 -11 -2LJCT Length in meter and type of integral leadwire Self-temperature-compensation for Mild steel Basic strain gauge type

Example of type number designation. PML-60 -11 -2LJD Length in meter and type of integral leadwire 0.12mm paralleled vinyl leadwire of 2-meter Self-temperature-compensation for Mild steel Basic strain gauge type

67

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

cut

5mm

Test Conditions Strain Gauge Strain Gauge AdhesiveImmediate testing indoors PF or P series CN, CN-E, P-2Somewhat prolonged testing outdoors PF or P series RP-2

Long term testing outdoors WFLM series PS

Example of Installation using PS adehsive

Example of Installation using RP-2 adhesive

Strain Gauge Installation on Concrete, Mortar

Concrete or Mortar surface preparation1. Preparing

Remove any laitance, paint or other soiling from gauge installation area on the test specimen to provide a clean contact surface. Because the adhesive may not harden if the gauge installation area on the test specimen is wet, use TML surface preparation agent AC-1 to remove any moisture.

2. SandingEvenly sand an area 20mm to 30mm larger than the strain gauge to be installed with abrasive paper. Depending on the test specimen material,grade80to120abrasivepapershouldbeusedtofinishthesurface.

3. CleaningClean the abraded surface with industrial tissue or cloth dampened with a small amount of a solvent such as acetone.

Test Condition and Applicable Strain Gauges

Precoating with PS adhesiveThe purpose of precoating is, firstly, to render the surface of the mortar or concrete flat and provide surface to which the strain gauge will readily bond, and secondly, to act as a barrier against any dampness that is exuded from the surface of the concrete or mortar, thereby preventing absorption of moisture by the underside of the strain gauge. A special purpose PS adhesive is used as the precoat.

1. Cutting gauge binderCut the gauge binder supplied with the strain gauge about 5mm in from the fold.

2. MaskingUse packing tape to mask an area roughly 10mm larger on each side than the cut piece of gauge binder.

3. Applying PS adhesiveFollowing the procedure given in theinstructions, mix the PS adhesive. Brush the adhesive fully into the mortaror concrete. Apply another coatof the PS adhesive to the straingauge installation surface so that a layer 0.5mm to 1mm thick is formed.

4. Finishing surface with the gauge binderLay the cut piece of binder onto the adhesive pressing it into place gradually from one endso that no air bubbles are trapped under the binder. Press down lightly on the piece of gauge binder to expel any excess adhesive and air bubbles.

Removal of gauge binder :  Once the adhesive has hardened, peel off the piece of gauge  binder and install the strain gauge.

For a laboratory load test on a mortar specimen

Test specimen Mortar aged 2 months ( φ100x200mm)Strain Gauge PFL-30-11-3LTStrain Gauge Adhesive CN-E

Leadwire 10-core/ φ 0.12mm, vinyl-covered Quarter bridge 3-wire system, 3m

Use CN-E adhesive to attach the strain gauge to mortar specimen surface precoated with PS adhesive. Secure the leadwires with vinyl tape.When bonding a strain gauge having long gauge backing with CN-E adhesive, position the strain gauge to the measuring point and fix the top of the gauge (opposite side to the gauge leads) with adhesive tape. Then lift the strain gauge from the gauge leads side, apply the adhesive to the back of the gauge, and return the gauge to the original measuring point. Cover the strain gauge with a polyethylene sheetandapplyfingerpressurefromthecenterofthegaugetowardboth ends so as to squeeze out air bubbles.

For outdoor test with a measurement period of 2 weeks

Strain Gauge PL-60-11Strain Gauge Adhesive RP-2Connecting terminals TFY-2MLeadwire φ 5mm, 3-core shielded vinyl cableCoating materials W-1 + SB tape + VM tape

Mix the RP-2 adhesive as described in the adhesive instructions. Apply a thin layer of the adhesive uniformly over the back of the strain gauge and the strain gauge installation area on the precoated surface. Place the strain gauge onto the installation position, and applyapressureof0.05~0.3MPauntiltheadhesivehardens.Oncethe adhesive hardens, install the connecting terminals using CN-E adhesive. Coat the strain gauge and the connecting terminals with the W-1 materials. Solder leadwires to the connecting terminals, then secure the leadwires with a cut SB tape.

If any metal portions of the leadwires or connecting terminals are not covered by the coating, reapply the W-1 and SB tape. Cut a piece of VM tape slightly larger than the layer of SB tape coating and press it down into place.

For a long term outdoor measurement

Strain Gauge WFLM-60-11-2LTStrain Gauge Adhesive PSPosition a strain gaugeWFLM-60-11-2LT on PS-adhesive-precoated area and secure the leadwire temporarily with cellophane tape. Turn the WFLM strain gauge over and apply a generous amount of mixed PS adhesive to the underside of the gauge base and the precoated surface. Return the gauge to its previous installation position. Press lightly down on the WFLM strain gauge, working from the center out to the edges, expel any excess PS adhesive and air bubbles. To bond firmly, the metal base of the WFLM strain g a u g e s h o u l d b e f u l l y enveloped from above and below by the PS adhesive.

Example of Installation using CN-E adhesive

Three methods for installing strain gauges on concrete and mortar are introduced.

If the strain gauge is used only for short-term loading test indoors, coating over the strain gauge is not required. In this case, if the surface of the mortar or concrete is smooth and fully dry, precoating is also not required.

68

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge length (mm) Backing Resist-

ance Ω

ASPHALT PAVEMENT USE

CONCRETE, MORTAR MATERIAL USE

Asphalt Mold STRAIN GAUGES

series PMFLS +60°C‒20°COperating temperature range

PMFL-50-2LJRTA

50 60 φ8 φ4 27 120

PMFL-60 60 70 φ8 φ4 32 120

PMFL-50T-3TLJBT

50 60 φ8 φ4 27 120

PMFL-60T 60 70 φ8 φ4 32 120

PMFLS-60-50-2LTSC 60 120 13 7 60 120

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge length (mm) Backing

MOLD STRAIN GAUGES

series PMF +60°C‒20°COperating temperature range

Resist-ance Ω

Suffixcodefortemperaturecompensationmaterials -50: Asphalt For ordering, the above suffix code should be added to the basic gauge type.

Gauge center

a b c d

a b c d

a b c d

Integral leadwire length other than 2m are available.

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Gauge length

c

Gauge center

The gauges are embedded in asphalt and used for strain measurement in loading test such as rolling compaction. The material of the backing is super engineering plastics featuring high temperature resistivity and waterproofing performance. The gauges withstand a high temperature up to 200°C during placement of asphalt, and the operating temperature range is ‒20to+60°C.

3-wire system

For long-term measurement of concrete structure, use StrainTransducerKM(refertopage69).

a

b c

d

3-wire system

3-wire system

Minimum order is 1 gauge.

Each package contains 10 gauges.

a

bd

BlackWhite Red (independent) Shield

These gauges are designed for the measurement of internal strain of concrete or mortar under loading test. These can also be used for short-term measurement of the behavior of concrete. These are embedded into the measurement position when the concrete or mortar is placed. The gauges employ super engineering plastics as the backing for sealing thesensingelement,whichprovidesexcellentwaterproofing. A temperature-integrated type PMFL-T is available for measurement of both strain and temperature using our data loggers.

BlackGreenRed (independent)

Blue (Cu)White (Cu-Ni)Red (Cu-independent)

Single element 0.09mm²3-wirecross-linkedvinylleadwireof2m-2LJRTATotalleadwireresistancepermeter:0.4Ω

Temperature sensor integrated0.08mm² integral cross-linked vinyl leadwire of 3m -3TLJBTTotalleadwireresistancepermeter:0.44Ω

Example of type number designation. PMFL-50 -2LJRTA Length in meter and type of integral leadwire 3-wire twisted cross-linked vinyl leadwire Basic strain gauge type

φ6mm4-wireshieldedchloroprenecableof2m-2LTSCTotalleadwireresistancepermeter:0.11Ω

Example of type number designation. PMFLS-60 -50 -2LTSC Length in meter and type of integral leadwire 4-wire shielded chloroprene cable of 2-meter Self-temperature-compensation number Basic strain gauge type

69

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Civil Engineering useSTRAIN TRANSDUCERS

series KM/KM-HAS+180°C

Operating temperature range‒20°C

Input/Output cable

SPECIFICATIONS

STRAIN TRANSDUCER KM

Type KM-30 KM-50F KM-100A KM-100B KM-100HB KM-200A KM-100AT KM-100BT KM-200ATCapacity ±5000 x 10‒6 strainGauge length 31mm 50mm 100mm 200mm 100mm 200mmRated output(approximately)

2.5mV/V(5000 x10‒6)

4mV/V(8000 x10‒6) 2.5mV/V (5000 x10‒6) 5.0mV/V

(10000 x10‒6) 2.5mV/V(5000 x10‒6) 5.0mV/V(10000 x10‒6)

Non-linearity 1%ROApparentelastic modulus 40N/mm² 1000N/mm² 40N/mm² 1000N/mm² 40N/mm² 1000N/mm²

Integral temperature N/A *¹Straingauge(350ΩQuarterbridge3-wiremethod

:50x 10‒6 strain/°C) *² Thermocouple T

Temperature range ‒20~+60°C ‒20~+80°C ‒20~+180°C ‒20~+80°C

Input/Output 120ΩHalf bridge 350ΩFullbridge

TYPEDimensions (mm) Weight

(g)A B C D E FKM-30 34 12 10 31 3 M3 Depth 4 12KM-50F 54 20 17 50 4 M3Depth6 45KM-100AKM-100B 104 20 17 100 4 M3Depth6 75

KM-100HB 104 20 17 100 4 M3Depth6 80KM-200A 205 28 23 200 5 M5 Depth 8 220KM-100ATKM-100BT 104 20 17 100 4 M3Depth6 75

KM-200AT 205 28 23 200 5 M5 Depth 8 220

KM-30 φ2.4mm 0.04mm² 3-core shielded Vinyl cable 2m cable-end freeKM-50F φ6mm 0.35mm² 4-core shielded Chloroprene cable 2m cable-end freeKM-100A/-100B φ9mm 0.3mm² 5-core shielded Chloroprene cable 2m cable-end freeKM-100HB φ6mm 0.3mm² 5-core shielded Fluoroplastic cable 2m cable-end freeKM-200A φ11.5mm 0.5mm² 5-core shielded Chloroprene cable 2m cable-end freeKM-100AT/-100BT φ9mm 0.3mm² 4-core shielded T-thermocouple compound cable 2m cable-end freeKM-200AT φ11.5mm 0.5mm² 4-core shielded T-thermocouple compound cable 2m cable-end free

Reinforcing-bar

KM

Fixing by wire

*¹ Relative temperature measurement possible*² Real temperature measurement possible

The KM Strain Transducers make possible strain measurement in materials such as concrete which undergo transition from a compliant state to a hardened state. The KM is designed to measure various strains produced by external force, ambient temperature, drying shrinkage, materials creep, etc. Applicable gauge length should be three times as large as the diameter of the aggregate so as to give an averaged evaluation of the concrete.As illustrated right, the KM end is wired between reinforcing bars, then position the KM to marked points of reinforcing bar in advance.

For use of internal strain measurement

Unit: mm

Input/Output cable

D (Gauge length)

A

EEF

φB

φC

The KM series are embedment type transducers designed for measurement of internal strain of materials such as concrete and synthetic resin not only in their hardened state but also in curing process. The apparent elastic modulus is as low as approx. 40N/mm², and they are idealy suited to strain measurement during the very early stage of curing (except KM-A and KM-AT). They are totally impervious to moisture and exhibit excellent stability for long-term strain measurement. The KM-100B and KM-100BT are also applicable to the measurement of surface strain of steel or concrete structures by using optional collars for surface installatiion.

The KM series is compliant to CE marking except for KM-30 and KM-50F.

70

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Civil Engineering useSTRAIN TRANSDUCERS

series KM/ KM-HAS+180°C

Operating temperature range‒20°C

SPECIFICATIONS

STRAIN TRANSDUCER KM-HAS for asphalt pavement

Type KM-100HASCapacity ±5000 x 10‒6 strainGauge length 100mmRated output Approx. 2.5mV/V (5000 x10‒6strain)Non-linearity 1%ROApparentelastic modulus Approx. 40N/mm²

Integral temperature

350ΩFullbridge:strainmeasurementQuarter bridge 3-wire method : temperature measurement

Temperature range ‒20~+180°CBridge excitation Recommended1~2V,Allowable10V

Input/Output cable φ 6mm0.3mm²5-coreshieldedFluoroplasticcable, 2m

Optional Protective CoverKMF-31-100

KM transducers

Optional CollarKMF-22-100

Optional Protective Cover KMF-32B-100

KM transducers

Optional CollarKMF-23B-100

These transducers are embedded into asphalt for measurement of internalstrain.Theyhavereinforcingbarflangesatitsbothendsfor good fixation to asphalt pavement materials. The operating temperaturerangeof the transducer is‒20to+180°C, and they have fully waterproof construction.

Surface strain measurement onto steel and concrete structures is available with KM-100B or KM-100BT. (Optional fittings such as Spacer and Collar are available for fixing the model and positioning gauge length.

An installation onto the surface of steel structure An installation onto the surface of concrete structureThe KM model is combined wi th opt ional Col lar KMF-23B-100 to install onto the surface of concrete structure with anchor bolts.

The KM model is combined with optional Collar KMF-22-100 to install onto the surface of steel by welding.

For surface strain measurement

Input/Output cable

Reinforcingbar

Unit: mm

100

14724

84

φ17

71

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

COMPOSITE MATERIALS USE

COMPOSITE MATERIALS USE

Example of type number designation

UBFLA-1 -3LJB -F

Option F : LEAD-free soldering of leadwire Length in meter and type of integration leadwire Basic strain gauge type, gauge length

Example of type number designation

BFLA-2 -3 -3LJC -F

Option F : LEAD-free soldering of leadwire Length in meter and type of leadwire Self-temperature-compensation number Basic strain gauge type, gauge length

COMPOSITE USE STRAIN GAUGES

series BFApplicable adhesives CN ‒20~ +120ºC

NP-50B ‒20~ +200ºCEB-2 ‒30~ +150ºC

Suffixcodefortemperaturecompensationmaterials -3, -5 or -8 : composite materials Forordering, theabovesuffixcodeshouldbeaddedtothe basic gauge type.

These strain gauges are not self-temperature-compensated. These may be necessary to measure the thermal output using a dummy specimen prior to the measurement.

Operating temperature range+200°C‒20°C

Temperature compensation range+80°C+10°C

UBFLA-03 0.3 1.9 3.4 2.5 120

UBFLA-1 1 1.3 4.5 2 120

COMPOSITE USE STRAIN GAUGES

series UBF Operating temperature range

+150°C‒30°C

Applicable adhesives CN ‒20~ +120ºCEB-2 ‒30~ +150ºC

Staticmeasurement :‒30~+120°CDynamicmeasurement :‒30~+150°C

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

BFLA-2 2 0.9 7.6 2.5 120

BFLA-5 5 1.5 12.3 3.3 120

BFCA-2 2 1.3 8 8 120BFCA-5 5 1.5 11.5 11.5 120

BFRA-2 2 1.3 8 8 120BFRA-5 5 1.5 11.5 11.5 120

Single element

0°/90°2-elementplane Rosette

0°/45°/90° 3-elementplane Rosette

Composite materials consisting of plastic matrix and fibers such as glass fibers (GFRP), carbon fibers (CFRP) or aramid fibers(AFRP)havedifferentelasticmodulusandlinearthermalexpansioncoefficientdependingontheirfiberorientation. Forstrain measurement, consideration of materials property and fiberorientationshouldbetaken.

Point

BFCA-2-3

BFLA-2

BFRA-2-3

Single element

0°/90° 2-element plane Rosette

0°/45°/90° 3-element plane Rosette

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Each package contains 10 gauges.

These are foil strain gauges designed for measurement on composite materials. They have a specially designed grid pattern to enable small stiffening effect and excellent peformance in strain measurement up to 200°C. This series is available with self-temperature-compensation for a material having coefficient of thermal expansion of 3,5 or 8×10-6/°C. This series is recommended for use on ceramic, carbon and composite materials.

UBFLA-03 (x 3)

UBFLA-1 (x 3)

Composite materials consisting of plastic matrix and fibers such as glass fibers (GFRP), carbon fibers (CFRP) or aramid fibers(AFRP)havedifferentelasticmodulusandlinearthermalexpansioncoefficientdependingontheirfiberorientation. Forstrain measurement, materials property and fiber orientation should be taken into consideration.

Point

These are foil strain gauges developed for measurement on composite materials. They have a specially designed grid pattern to reduce the stiffening effect of the strain gauges. In addition, owing to the development of gauge backing with better compliance, the number of repetition in thermal cycling test andthecreepcharacteristicshavebeensignificantly improvedcompared to conventional strain gauges.

Single element

72

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

PLASTICS USE

Example of type number designation

GFLA-3 -350 -50 -3LJC

Length in meter and type of leadwire Self-temperature-compensation number Gaugeresistance(Blankfor120Ω) Basic strain gauge type, gauge length

Suffixcodefortemperaturecompensationmaterials -50, or -70 : PlasticsForordering,theabovesuffixcodeshouldbeaddedtothebasic gauge type.

LOW ELASTIC MODULUS STRAIN GAUGES

series GFApplicable adhesives CN ‒20~ +80ºC

Operating temperature range+80°C‒20°C

Temperature compensation range+80°C+10°C

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

GFLA-3 3 2.3 9.5 4 120GFLA-6 6 2.5 14 5 120GFLA-3-350 3 2.9 10 5 350GFLA-6-350 6 2.7 15 5 350

GFCA-3 3 1.4 10.5 10.5 120GFCA-3-350 3 2.9 15 15 350

GFRA-3 3 1.4 10.5 10.5 120GFRA-3-350 3 2.9 15 15 350

These gauges are suited for the measurement on materials such as plastics, which have low elastic modulus compared to metal. These specially designed grid reduces the stiffening effect of the strain gauges to the specimen material, and also reduces the effect of Joule heat in the strain gauges. This series is available with self-temperature-compensation for the material having a coefficient of thermal expansion of 50 or 70×10-6/°C.

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Effect of low elastic modulus of specimenWhen a strain gauge is installed on materials such as plastics that have low elastic modulus, the stiffness of the strain gauge causes to disturb the stress distribution around the strain gauge, thus resulting in reduced strain sensitivity. This is referred to as the strain gauge stiffening effect and it gets larger as the elastic modulus ofspecimengetssmaller. Formaterialswithanelasticmodulusof2.9GPa (approx.300kgf/mm²)or less,apreparatory test must be conducted to correct the gauge factor.

Effect of Joule heat The GF series gauges have a specially designed grid to reduce the effect of Joule heat. Though an allowable current is 30mA or less for metallic specimens in general, a current of 10mA or less is recommended for plastic specimen.

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

(%)

10-2 10-1 100 101 102

GPaTest specimen elastic modulus

Gau

ge s

ensi

tivity

cha

nge

Gauge sensitivity change due to Elastic Modulus of test specimen

GFLA-3GFLA-6FLA-3-11FLA-6-11

Point

0°/90° 2-element plane Rosette

0°/45°/90° 3-element plane Rosette

Single elementGFLA-3

GFCA-3

GFRA-3

Single element

0°/90°2-elementplane Rosette

0°/45°/90° 3-element plane Rosette

73

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

30

Example of type number designation

LFLA-10 -11 -3LJC

Length in meter and type of leadwire Self-temperature compensation number

Basic strain gauge type, gauge length

Example of type number designation

PFLW-30 -11 -3LJC

Length in meter and type of leadwire Self-temperature compensation number

Basic strain gauge type, gauge length

Recommendable integral leadwire for PFLW/PLW series

Application Leadwires Operatingtemperature (°C ) Leadwire code exampled

General use (temperature un-changed during measurement)

Paralleled vinyl -LJB -LJC -20~+80 PFLW-30-11-3LJB/PLW-60-11-3LJB

PFLW-30-11-3LJC/PLW-60-11-3LJC

General use 3-wire paralleled vinyl -LJBT -LJCT -20~+80 PFLW-30-11-3LJBT/PLW-60-11-3LJBT

PFLW-30-11-3LJCT/PLW-60-11-3LJCT

1-gauge 4-wire measurement 0.08mm2 polypropyrene 4-wire paralleled -LQM -20~+100 PFLW-30-11-3LQM/PLW-60-11-3LQM

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

+80°C+10°C

L : length W : width (Unit:mm)

series LFLOW ELASTIC STRAIN GAUGES

Applicable adhesives CN-E -20 ~ +80ºC

Operating temperature range+80°C‒20°C

Temperature compensation range+80°C+10°C

Suffixcodefortemperaturecompensationmaterials -11: Wood, GypsumForordering, theabovesuffixcodeshouldbeaddedtothe basic gauge type.

WOOD, GYPSUM USE

WOODEN MATERIAL USE FOR LONG TERMSTRAIN GAUGES

SeriesPFLW/PLW

Operating temperature range+80°C‒20°C

Temperature compensation range

Applicable adhesives PS -20 ~ +80ºC

Backing L W

WOOD USE Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size

L WResist-ance Ω

These are foil strain gauges for the measurement on materials having low elastic modulus such as wood or gypsum. These specially designed grid reduces the stiffening effect of the strain gauges to the specimen material. They have a backing made of epoxy resin. These gauges are temperature-compensated for the material having a coefficient of thermal expansion of 11×10-6/°C.

The PFLW and PLW series are available with 1, 3 or 5m long in 2-wire parallel or 3-wire parallel vinyl leadwires.

PLW-60-11

PFLW-30-11

These gauges are specially designed for long term measure-ment on wood. They have a metal foil lined on the back of the PFL or PL strain gauges. The metal foil is effective to protect the strain gauges from an influence of moisture in the wood. These gauges should be bonded with PS adhesive to make the best of their performance.

Suffixcodefortemperaturecompensationmaterials -11: Wood

Single element Each package contains 10 gauges.LFLA-10-11 10 3.1 18.5 5.3 120

Single element Each package contains 10 gauges.PFLW-30-11 30 2.3 40 7 120

PLW-60-11 60 1 74 8 120

Single element

74

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

74

‒20°C

+200°C

B

A

Point

‒20°C +80°C

Suffixcodefortemperaturecompensationmaterials -11: Mild steel -17: Stainless steel -23: AluminiumFor ordering, the above suffix code should be added to the basic gauge type.

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

series MFMAGNETIC FIELD STRAIN GAUGES

Applicable adhesives for 2-/3-elementStacked Rosette

CN/CN-E ‒20~+120ºCNP-50B/EB-2/C-1 ‒20~+200ºC

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

MFLA-5-350-11-1LJAY

MFCAL-2-6FD1LS

MFRAL-2-6FD1LTS

Operating temperature range

Connection

+80°C

These gauges are designed for strain measurement in magnetic field. The gauges have a sensing element material which exhibits low magnetoresistance. In addition, the sensing element consists of two identical grids with one grid folded back on another. These construction makes the strain gauges less sensitive to the influence of the alternating field. The gauges have a twisted leadwire pre-attached which is also effective to avoid the influence of the alternating field. The 2-element and 3-element rosette gauges of this series are usable in high temperature up to 200°C. Two identical

grids overlapped

φ1.5mm 0.04mm² 3-wire twisted fluorinated resin insulated lead-wire of 1mTotalleadwireresistancepermeter:1.1Ω

φ1.5mm 0.04mm² 3-wire twisted fluorinated resin insulated lead-wire of 1mTotalleadwireresistancepermeter:1.1Ω

0.08mm² integral stranded vinyl leadwire of 1mTotalleadwireresistancepermeter:0.44Ω

φ3.2mm 2-core shielded stranded vinyl leadwire of 1mTotalleadwireresistancepermeter:0.44Ω

MAGNETIC FIELD USE

Single element

Ifyouarenotusingmagneticfieldstraingauge,useastraingauge with a narrow gauge width. A narrow gauge width reduces the induced voltage on the gauge leads and is preferable to a wide strain gauge. The parallel leadwires used in normal strain measurement are affected by induction. Always use twisted wires. The intertwining of twisted wires cancels out the induced voltage that is generated. Using shielded leadwires also prevents interference from noise.

If you extend the leadwires, locate the connection as far as possible from the magnetic field. Bridge boxes should also beplacedasfaraspossiblefromthemagneticfield. Ifyoudoconnect thewires insidethemagneticfield,keepthe lengthofthe connecting wire (A ) shor t and the distance between the leads (B) small.

Countermeasure againt Noise interference in magnetic field

Single elementMFLA-2-350-11 2 0.5 4.7 1.9 350MFLA-5-350-11 5 0.5 7.9 1.9 350

MFLA-60-350-11-1LJAY

(x 3)

Shield

Shield

Shield

MFLA-5-350-11-1LS

MFLA-60-350-11-1LS

MFLA-60-350 60 0.1 64 5 350

0°/45°/90° 3-element Stacked RosetteMFRAL-2-6FD-1LTS 2 0.1 φ7 120MFRAL-2-350-6FD1LTS 2 0.2 φ7 350

0°/90° 2-element Stacked RosetteMFCAL-2-6FD-1LTS 2 0.1 φ7 120MFCAL-2-350-6FD1LTS 2 0.2 φ7 350

0.08mm² integral stranded vinyl leadwire of 1m -LJAYTotalleadwireresistancepermeter:0.44Ω

φ3.2mm 2-core shielded stranded vinyl leadwire of 1mTotalleadwireresistancepermeter:0.44Ω

Operating temperature range‒20°C

Single element

2-element Rosette/3-element Rosette

Applicable adhesives for single elementCN/CN-E ‒20~+80ºCRP-2 ‒20~+80ºC

Integral leadwire lengths longer than 1m are available for single element gauges. For 2-element and 3-element rosette gauges, no other length than 1m is available.

0°/45°/90° 3-element Stacked Rosette

0°/90° 2-element Stacked Rosette

Single element

Shielded leadwire

Concrete structure use

Shielded leadwire

Minimum order is 10 gauges or more.

Minimum order is 10 gauges or more.

Minimum order is 10 gauges or more.

Temperature-compensation is not available.

Shield

75

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

POST-YIELD (Large strain) MEASUREMENTSTRAIN GAUGES series YEF/YF/YHF Self-temperature-compensation : Not available

Applicable adhesives CN ‒20 ~ +80ºCCN-Y ‒20 ~ +80ºC

Strain limit in room-temperature 10 ~ 15%

Applicable adhesives CN ‒20 ~ +80ºCCN-Y ‒20 ~ +80ºC

Strain limit in room-temperature 15 ~ 20%

Single element

YEFLA-2 2 1.8 7.5 4 120

YEFLA-5 5 1.9 12 4 120

0°/90° 2-element Rosette

YEFCA-2 2 1.8 10 10 120

YEFCA-5 5 2 14.5 14.5 120

0°/45°/90° 3-element Rosette

YEFRA-2 2 1.8 10 10 120

YEFRA-5 5 2 14.5 14.5 120

YFLA-2 2 1.8 7.5 4 120

YFLA-5 5 1.9 12 4 120

YFLA-10 10 2.6 16.6 4.9 120

YFLA-20 20 1.8 26 3.7 120

Example of type number designation YEFLA-2 -3LJC-F

Length in meter and type of integration leadwire CE compliant Basic strain gauge type, gauge length

Example of type number designation

YFLA-2 -3LJC-F

CE compliant leadwire Length in meter and type of integration leadwire Basic strain gauge type, gauge length

Single element

0°/90° 2-element plane Rosette

0°/45°/90° 3-element plane Rosette

Single element

YEFLA-2 YEFLA-5

YFLA-5

YFLA-2

YEFCA-2 YEFCA-5

YEFRA-2YEFRA-5

YFLA-10

YFLA-20

These gauges are applicable to the measurement of large strain up to 10~15%. Also these withstand the repeated strain in elastic range (at strain level ±1500×10-6 strain) like ordinary strain gauges. However, these are not applicable to the measurement of repeated strain in a large range.

These gauges are applicable to the measurement of large strain up to 15 to 20%. These are not applicable to the measurement of repeated strain in elastic range as well as in large range.

series YEF +80°C‒20°C

Operating temperature range

series YF +80°C‒20°C

Operating temperature range

LARGE STRAIN MEASUREMENT

76

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

series YHFApplicable adhesives CN ‒30 ~ +80ºC

CN-Y ‒30 ~ +80ºC

Strain limit in room-temperature 30 ~ 40%

YHFLA-2 2 1.5 8 2.7 120

YHFLA-5 5 1.7 11 3 120

POST-YIELD (Large strain) MEASUREMENTSTRAIN GAUGES series YEF/YF/YHF

Example of type number designation

YHFLA-2 -3LJC-F

Length in meter and type of integration leadwire CE compliant Basic strain gauge type, gauge length

Recommendable integral leadwire for YEF/YF/YHF series

Application CE compliant Leadwires Operatingtemperature (°C )

Leadwire code exampled

General use (temperature unchanged during measurement) Paralleled vinyl LJC-F

-20~ +80 YEFLA-2-3LJC-FYFLA-2-3LJC-F

-20~ +80 YHFLA-2-3LJC-F

General use 3-wire paralleled vinyl LJCT-F-20~ +80 YEFLA-2-3LJCT-F

YFLA-2-3LJCT-F

-20~ +80 YHFLA-2-3LJCT-F

+80°C‒30°COperating temperature range

Single element Each package contains 10 gauges.

These gauges are developed for the measurement of very large strain up to 30~40%. These are not applicable to the measurement of repeated strain in elastic range as well as in large range.

YHFLA-5

YHFLA-2

(x 3)

(x 3)

LARGE STRAIN MEASUREMENT

77

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Performance of YEF/YF/YHF

Adhesive for YEF/YF/YHF series gaugesThese strain gauges should be bonded with CN or CN-Y adhesive. If measurement is made a few days or longer after the strain gauge bonding, the CN-Y should be used. Measurement of large strain is possible even after one year of bonding the strain gauge with the CN-Y adhesive, provided that the specimens are stored at room temperature without any unfavorable conditions (moisture, direct sunlight, etc.).

CN adhesive variation with timeThough CN adhesive is normally used for large elongation strain measurement, the strain limit gradually decreases with the number of days following strain gauge installation. This variation with time occurs as a consequence of exposure to direct sunlight (UV), temperature and humidity, as well as the number of days since installation. The following shows an example of the results of testing performed by TML for the effects of adhesive variation with time. While these results show marked differences due to the exposure conditions of the test specimens (temperature and humidity), they also show that the strain limits for strain gauges decrease as time passes after installation. While this does not pose a problem in ordinary strain measurement, TML recommends that the measurement ends in 1 or 2 days after installation in the case of large elongation strain measurement. If the strain gauge is to be left for a long period after being installed, use the CN-Y adhesive.

Countermeasure in case there is a span between gauge installation and start of measurementStore the test specimen with the attached strain gauge in a cool, dark and dry location.Use the CN-Y adhesive. (Refer to the instructions provided).

Repeatability of Post-Yield strain gaugesPost-Yield strain gauges can be used once to measure large elongation strain, but cannot be used for measurement of repeated large elongation strain. When repeated testing is performed in a strain range exceeding 5000x 10–6 , the strain gauge experiences zero drift. Note that the amount of drift varies depending on factors such as the type of strain gauges and the level and frequncy of strain.

Point

Series Strain meas-urement

Fatigue limit at room temperature*¹

Self-temperaturecompensation

Change of apparent strain due to cyclic loading of large strains*²

Applications

YEF 10~15% 5 x 105 cycles Not available 2000 x 10–6 strain/10 cycles Measurement of repeated strain in elastic range.

YF 15~20% 1 x 102 cycles Not available 2000 x 10–6 strain/10 cycles

YHF 30~40% 2 x 104 cycles Not available Not available

F 5% 1 x 106 cycles Effective 400 x 10–6 strain/10 cycles Measurement of repeated strain in elastic range.

*¹ : The number of repetitions at which the indicated strain value changes by 100x10–6 strain or more by applying repeated strain of approx. ±1,500x10–6 strain at 15Hz*² : Change of indicated strain by applying a repeated strain of approx. ±10,000x10–6 strain at a speed of 4 minutes per cycle.

25

20

15

10

5

024 hours 2 days 3 weeks 2 months 6 months 1 year

Stra

in li

mit

(%)

Time lapse after bonding

YFLA-5CNCN-Y

YFLA-5CNCN-Y

78

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

DSFLA-2-350

(x 3)

(x 3)

DSFLA-5-350 TML strain gauge fatigue test results500

400

300

200

100

0

-100102 103 104 105 106 107 108

Number of cycles

Indi

cate

d st

rain

(μɛ)

Conventional type FLA-5-11(approx. 25000 cycles) High stress durability

DSFLA-5-350(approx. 10 million cycles)

Each package contains 10 gauges.

Strain level of the fatigue test at room temperature±3,000x10‒6 strain (15Hz)

DSFLA-2-350 2 2 8 3.3 350DSFLA-5-350 5 2 11 3.2 350

series DSFApplicable adhesives CN ‒60 ~ +120ºC

C-1 ‒60 ~ +200ºCEB-2 ‒60 ~ +200ºC

HIGH ENDURANCESTRAIN GAUGES

Resist-ance Ω

These strain gauges are not self-temperature-compensated. It may be necessary to measure a thermal output using a dummy specimen prior to the measurement.

+200°C‒60°C

Operating temperature range

HIGH STRESS FATIGUE TEST

These gauges are designed for fatigue test at high stress level. The gauges satisfy the fatigue life over 10 million times at a strain level of ±3000x10–6. It is available for use in cyclic loading test of composite materials.

Fatigue LimitThis number is determined as the number of cycles in case a mechanically repeated strain of ±3000x10–6 strain is applied to the strain gauge before the indicated strain changes by ±300x10–6 strain.

Thickness of applicablespecimen (mm)

Each package contains 5 gauges.

Approx. 5 or less DD-1-153 2.9

15 7 1350

Approx. 5~10 DD-2-30 30 7 2

These strain gauges are not self-temperature-compensated. It may be necessary to measure a thermal output using a dummy specimen prior to the measurement.

Applicable adhesives CN ‒10 ~ +70ºCP-2 ‒10 ~ +70ºC

ONE-SIDE STRAIN GAUGES Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size

L WBacking

a b cResist-ance Ω

a

b

c

+70°C‒10°C

Operating temperature rangeseries DDONE-SIDESTRAIN GAUGES

These gauges are intended for measuring the bending and tensile strains separately by simply bonding the gauges on one side of a plate or beam. It works on the assumption that the strain distribution in the section of the specimen is linear along the height of the section when the section is subjected to both tensile and bending stress. The gauges are effectively used for the measurement of a box construction in structures such as bridges or pressure vessels, where the reverse side of the measurement object is not accessible for strain gauge installation.

Example of type number designation

DSFLA-2 -350 -3LJB-F

Length in meter and type of leadwire CE compliant Gauge resistance Basic strain gauge type and gauge length

Example of type number designation

DD-1-15 -350 -3LJB

Length in meter and type of leadwire Gauge resistance Basic strain gauge type

79

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Each package contains 10 gauges.

(x 3)

Poisson's ratio of specimenGauge pattern Basic type Gauge size

L WBacking L W

Resist-ance Ω

Minimum order is 1 piece or more.

SFA-285

Each package contains 10 gauges.

‒20°C

+100°C+10°C

+200°COperating temperature range

Temperature compensation rangeseries SFSTRESS GAUGES

0.285 SFA-285-114 3 9 6 1200.305 SFA-305-17

0.330 SFA-330-23

Applicable adhesives NP-50B ‒20 ~ +200ºCC-1 ‒20 ~ +200ºCCN ‒20 ~ +120ºC

CRACK DETECTIONGAUGES

series FACApplicable adhesives CN ‒30 ~ +80ºC

RP-2 ‒30 ~ +80ºC

CRACK GAUGESGauge type FAC-5 FAC-20Measuring range 4.5mm 20mmGauge resistance approx. 1ΩGrid interval 0.1mm 0.5mmNumber of grids 46 41Output per grid approx. 45 με approx. 40 μεOperating temperature -30 ~ +80°CBacking size 28 x 5mm 43 x 25mmCrack Gauge Adaptor CGA-120BMeasuring point 1Allowable temperature -30 ~ +80°CBridge connection Quarter bridge 3-wire method 120Ω

Dimension 20(W) x 15(H) x 15(D) mm (except projection parts)

Weight 5g

Gauge pattern

CRACK PROPAGATION MEASUREMENTS

+80°C‒30°C

Operating temperature range

Suffix code for temperature compensation materials -11: Mild steel -17: Stainless steel -23: AluminiumFor ordering, the above suffix code should be added to the basic gauge type.

FAC-5

FAC-20

To instruments

Crack GaugeAdaptor CGA-120B

Crack Gauges

Crack Gauge AdaptorCGA-120B

These gauges are designed to measure the propagation speed of fatigue crack in a metal specimen. The gauges are bonded with an adhesive on the position where the crack is initiated or the crack initiation is expected. The grids of the gauges, which are aligned at interval of 0.1mm or 0.5mm, are disconnected one by one with the propagation of the crack. The gauges are used together with the crack gauge adaptor CGA-120B, and the disconnection of one grid is measured as the change of approx. 45 or 40×10-6 strain by a strainmeter.

These gauges are intended to measure the stress in an optional direction of the specimen in plane stress field. The gauges are sensitive not only in these axial direction but also in the transverse direction, and the sensitivity ratio of the transverse direction to the axial directions is equal to the Poisson’s ratio of the specimen material. In addition, the gauges are not sensitive to the shearing strain. Accordingly, the output of the gauges is proportional to the stress in the axial direction. The gauges are available in three types depending on the Poisson’s ratio of the specimen material.

AXIAL STRESS MEASUREMENT

Crack open

FAC

gau

ge

Example of type number designation

SFA -285 -11 -3LJC-F

Length in meter and type of leadwire CE compliant Self-temperature compensation number Poisson's ratio of specimen Basic strain gauge type

TML

TML

80

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

80

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

+200°C‒20°C

Operating temperature range

TEMPERATURE GAUGES

TGA-1B (TFL-8 )TEMPERATURE GAUGE ADAPTOR

INITIAL

USE

TML Tokyo Sokki Kenkyujo Co., Ltd.

A B C D E

5 10

1

2

THERMOCOUPLE

1 2 3

Unit: mm

general

general

Applicable adhesives NP-50B ‒20 ~ +200ºCC-1 ‒20 ~ +200ºCCN ‒20 ~ +120ºC

Type Rated current Base size(mm) Resistance Operating

temperature CRZ-2005 1mA or less 5x2x1.1 100Ω (at 0°C) -40 ~ +400ºC

Type Thermo-couple

Corediameter

(mm)

Outer dimension

(mm)Sheath materials

Sheath color Heat-resistive temperature

(ºC)

Length per roll

(m)RemarksInsulator

Outer sheath+ ‒

T-G-0.32 T 0.32 2.1x3.2 Heat-resistive vinyl Red White Brown approx.100 100T-G0.65 T 0.65 2.6x4.0 Heat-resistive vinyl Red White Brown approx.100 100T-6F-0.32 T 0.32 1.0x1.6 Fluoroethylene propylene Red White Brown approx.200 100T-6F-0.65 T 0.65 1.5x2.5 Fluoroethylene propylene Red White Brown approx.200 100T-GS-0.65 T 0.65 φ7.2 Heat-resistive vinyl Red White Brown approx.100 100 ShieldedK-H-0.32 K 0.32 1.4x2.3 Glass fiber Red White Blue approx.350 100K-H-0.65 K 0.65 2.0x3.4 Glass fiber Red White Blue approx.350 100

Type of Adaptor Applicable gauge

Temperature°C

Sensitivity(x10‒6 strain/°C)

Accuracy(°C) Bridge mode Dimensions

W x H x D(mm) Weight

TGA-1ATFL-2-60

-20~+200 100 ±1 or less Full bridge 100 x40 x 70 370gTFL-3-60TFL-6-60

TGA-1B TFL-8 -20~+200 100 ±1 or less Full bridge 100 x40 x 70 370g

TFL-2-60 0.34 approx. 2 1.9 6.1 3.5 60

TFL-3-60 0.34 approx. 3 3.2 8.5 5 60

TFL-6-60 0.34 approx. 6 2.6 13 4.5 60

TFL-8 0.68 approx. 8 3.5 14 5.4 120

general

PLATINUM RTD (Pt 100)

RedGreenBlackWhiteShield

The Platinum RTD is mounted on a specimen and connect to a data logger to measure temperature. Easy measurement of temperature by bonding to specimen with strain gauge adhesive. Units equipped with leadwire are also available upon request.

A thermocouple configures the closed circuit in which a small electric current flows in the circuit composed of a pair of dissimilar conductors, and measures temperature using

thermoelectric effect produced at both ends of conductors in different temperatures.

These gauges are bonded on the specimen surface like ordinary strain gauges, and measures the surface temperature. By combining with the dedicated temperature gauge adaptor (TGA-1A or TGA-1B), actual temperature can be measured easily using a strainmeter.

TFL-2-60 TFL-8

series TFTEMPERATURE GAUGES

PLATINUM RTD

TGA-1A/TGA-1B Temperature Gauge AdaptorTo strainmeter

Cable length 1.5m

NDIS plug connector Temperature Gauge Adaptor

TFL-8

This adaptor is used with temperature gauges TF series for direct reading of temperature with a strainmeter, and converts output to 100x10‒6 strain/°C.

81

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

81

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

GAUGE BACKING MATERIALS Unlike stress measurement gauges, the gauge backing materials for transducer-specific strain gauge cannot be determined based solely on the operating temperature and bonding method. To ensure maximum transducer performance, it is necessary to test various combinations using different stress-generating bodies (elastic bodies) to select the most suitable backing mateirals.

OPERATING TEMPERATUREOperating temperature range differs from heat-resistive temperature. F series gauge (with epoxy backing) is also available for use of heat-curing type bonding adhesives. Refer to pages 87 and 88 for the details.

Gauge series Gauge backing materials Operating temperature

F Special plastic resin -20 ~ +150°C

QF Polyimide resin -20 ~ +200°C

EF Polyimide resin -20 ~ +200°C

CREEP ADJUSTMENTThe creep characteristic is particularly important in force transducers. The most common compensation system uses the material creep (+) of the stress-generating body (elastic body) and the gauge creep (‒) to cancel each other. Various TML strain gauges are available for creep adjustment and are selectable by creep code.

Creep code

Gauge creep Large ‒‒‒‒‒‒‒‒> Small

Creep code C2>C4>C6>C8

TEMPERATURE SENSITIVITY COMPENSA-TION Elastic modulus of strain-generating body (elastic body) varies with temperature. In the same manner, as ambient temperature around the strain-generating body varies, it results in a change of measured strain under loaded condition. To reduce such temperature influence, sensitivity compensation resistor is assembled in bridge circuit.

TRANSDUCER-SPECIFIC STRAIN GAUGESTML strain gauges are used not only for the purpose of knowing strain/stress but also as sensors for strain gauge type transducers. A strain gauge type transducer converts physical quantity such as load, pressure or displacement into mechanical strain on the strain generating body (elastic body), and the mechanical strain is converted into electrical output using strain gauges mounted on the elastic body. We offer various types of transducer-specific strain gauges featuring highly reliable and stable performance.

Force transducers (Load Cells)Pressure transducersAcceleration transducersDisplacement transducersTorque transducers

VARIOUS TYPE OF TML TRANSDUCER-SPECIFIC STRAIN GAUGES

GAUGE PATTERN AND GAUGE LENGTHSingle, Rectangular 2-element, Torque (Shearing) strain measurement.

Pattern Gauge length (mm)Single-element 2, 3

0°/90° 2-element 2, 3, 6Torque (Shearing strain) use 2

Pattern Single-element Torque

(LA) (CT)

0°/90° 2-element 0°/90° 2-element

(CM)

(CB)

2 types of 0°/90° 2-element gauge are lined-up with different pattern of gauge tab. CM-type has half-bridge configuration.

GAUGE RESISTANCEPattern Gauge resistance (Ω)

Single-element 350, 10000°/90° 2-element 120, 350

Torque (Shearing strain) use 350

Please note that 1000Ω gauge has less power consumption in bridge circuit comparing to 350Ω gauge's and limits Joule heat generation.

Coding system of Transducer-specific strain gauges

FLA-2-350-C2-11 Gauge length Creep code Self-temperature-compen- sation number 11: Mild steel 17: Stainless steel 23: Aluminium

TEMPERATURE COMPENSATIONSimilarly as general purpose strain gauges, self-temperature-compensated gauges are available in three types for mild steel, stainless steel and aluminium. Better temperature compensation is available by configuring a bridge circuit using self-temperature-compensated strain gauges. More precise temperature compensation is achieved by adding a resistor for zero point compensation in the bridge circuit. Note) EF series gauges are self-temperature-compensated for mild steel only.

Gauge series Self-temperature-compensation materials(Linear thermal expansion coefficient in ppm/°C)

F

-11: Mild steel-17: Stainless steel

-23: Aluminium

82

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance Ω

82

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

FLA-2-350- C2

2 2.9 6.8 4.6 350(QF) C4

C6C8

FLA-3-350- C2

3 3.2 8.5 5 350(QF) C4

C6C8

FLA-3-1000- C2

3 4.2 8.4 5.8 1000(QF) C4

C6C8

FCT-2-350- C2

2 1.5 7.6 5.3 350(QF) C4C6C8

2 2.9 6.8 9.2 350FLA-2-350- C2-2H(QF) C4-2H

C6-2HC8-2H

FLA-3-350- C2-2H

3 3.2 8.5 10 350(QF) C4-2H

C6-2HC8-2H

FCB(QF)

-2 X and Y axes 8.2 8 120 2 1.5

-3-350X and Y axes

10.5 9.1 350 3 3.2

-6-350 X and Y axes 10 12 350 6 2

-2.8-350 X and Y axes 12 8.5 350 2.8 2.8

FCM-2.8-350X and Y axes

12 8.5 350 2.8 2.8

EFCM-2-350-11

X axis 2.5  1.9

3 12 350Y axis

1.4  3.3

EFCMX-3-350-11 X and Y axes 8 7.5 350 3 1.6

EFCMY-3-350-11X and Y axes

10 6.5 350 3 1.6

Single axis 2-element

Not actual size shown

 Single element

Creep code

FLA-2-350-C2-2H

FCT-2-350-C2

FLA-2-350-C2

Not actual size shown

 Torque (Shearing strain) measurement

0°/90° 2-element

TRANSDUCER-SPECIFIC STRAIN GAUGES

Backing L

Gauge L

Gau

ge W

Back

ing

W

Gau

ge W

Not actual size shown

Gauge L

Back

ing

W

Backing L

FCB-2 FCB-3-350 FCB-6-350

EFCMY-3-350EFCMX-3-350EFCM-2-350

FCM-2.8-350FCB-2.8-350

XY

X

YX

Y

XY

XY

X

Y XY

X Y

83

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

83

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

series BTM/BTMC

series BTM

series BTMC

Gauge Lead

Bolt

A-2 Adhesive

BTM

5.61.8 3.8

5 712

5 712

Gauge center

Gauge center

Gauge center

Gauge Lead : φ 0.14mm Polyurethanel leadwire (Cu) of 80mm

Gauge Lead : φ 0.14mm Polyurethane leadwire (Cu) of 80mm

Gauge Lead: φ 0.14mm Polyurethane insulated wire (Cu) of 80mm φ 0.12mm Polyester leadwire (Cu-Ni) of 80mm

BTM-1C

BTM-6C

BTM-6CTATemperature integrated

Optional syringe and needle Applicable to Needle diameter Needle lengthBTM-1C 1.5mm-dia. 60mmBTM-6C 1.8mm-dia. 100mm

Exclusive syringe for injecting A-2 adhesive into the pre-drilled hole before BTM-1C or -6C gauge is embedded.

NB : Polyurethane insulation of the gauge leads is easily removed by heat of soldering iron, while Polyester sheath is removed by chemical solvent.

Green: CuLight yellow : Cu-NiRed : Cu (independent)

Gauge center50

Gauge Lead

a φ b

Temperature compensation range Not available

Unit: mm

Unit: mm

Gauge pattern Basic type Gauge size L W

Backing L W

Resist-ance ΩGauge pattern Basic type Gauge size

L WBacking L W

Resist-ance Ω

+80°C‒10°COperating temperature range

BOLT STRAIN GAUGES

The BTM bolt gauges use heat-curing A-2 adhesive for installation, which provides better long-term stability.

BOLT AXIAL STRAIN MEASUREMENT

Each package contains 10 gauges.

BTM-1CHole drilled: φ1.6mm 1 0.7 5.6 1.4 120

BTM-6CHole drilled: φ2.0mm 6 1 12 1.7 120

BTM-6CTAHole drilled: φ2.0mm 6 1 12 1.7 120

Temperature integrated applicable in -10~+80°C

The BTMC gauges have a tube shape sensing element, and they are installed with fast-curing CN adhesive. The installation is easily made at room temperature.

Basic typeGaugeLength(mm)

GaugeCentera (mm)

Backing diameter φb (mm)

Resist-ance Ω

BTMC-05-D10-003LEHole drilled: φ1.0mm 0.5 5 φ0.9 120

BTMC-1-D16-003LEHole drilled: φ1.6mm 1 5 φ1.5 120

BTMC-3-D20-006LEHole drilled: φ2.0mm 3 10 φ1.9 120

Gauge Lead: φ0.1mm Polyimide insulated of 30mm for BTMC- 05 and BTMC-1, 60mm for BTMC-3

Applicable adhesives A-2 ‒10 ~ +80ºC

Applicable adhesives CN ‒10 ~ +80ºC

These gauges are used for measurement of tensile strain of bolt. They are simply inserted into pre-drilled hole in the bolt with exclusive adhesives. This method is recommendable when an ordinary strain gauges can not be mounted on the bolt surface. Accurate tensile force measurement is possible by calibrating the bolt after installing the bolt gauges.

84

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

84

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Bolt strain gauge installation/calibration service

Calibration service

BTM gauges

Cut away

Gauge embedded

Bolt specimen Bolt drilled

Gauge embedded Wiring and

overcoating

Currently, bolts are used in various fields for connecting structural members. Confirmation and management of the fixing condition are possible by measuring axial force applied to the bolt in machine structures, cars, airplanes, expressways, bridges, fixing of segments and so on. Also the axial force measurement is useful for knowing the strength of bolt and designing the bolt connection.

TML offers strain gauging service for measurement of axial force acting on bolts. The service includes drilling a hole, fixing the gauge, connecting the cable, and applying load calibration to the bolt supplied by the customer. Strain gauge installation service for high temperature is also available.

Processing methodThere are two methods in strain gauge installation service. One is embedding, and the other is bonding.

Embedding BTM/BTMC seriesA hole of 1.0mm, 1.6mm or 2mm in diameter is drilled in the center of the bolt. The strain gauge is inserted into the hole and embedded with an exclusive adhesive. This method has the advantage of avoiding the gauge being damaged by a washer, etc. while fastening the bolt.

Bonding F, QF, ZF, CF seriesTwo strain gauges are bonded on both sides of the bolt shaft in axially symmetric positions to cancel the influence of bending. It is required to slightly scrape off the surface of the bolt shaft where the strain gauges are bonded, for the purpose of avoiding strain gauges being damaged while fastening the bolt or by contact of a washer. Choose strain gauges according to the usage conditions including temperature.

In order to achieve accurate measurement, we offer calibration service that the bolt is calibrated with specified load. Instruments and calibration machines used for the calibration service are periodically calibrated and inspected by public institutions traceable to the national standards.

85

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

85

CONNECTING TERMINALS

Cubic type

Type Dimensions(mm)

Operating tem-perature (°C)

Quantity (pcs/box)

T-2 10x10x5 ‒20~+90 100

T-3 (3-wire method) 10x10x5 ‒20~+90 100

TS-2 7.5x7.5x5 ‒20~+90 100

TYS-2 7.5x7.5x7 ‒20~+90 100

TY-2 10x10x7 ‒20~+90 80

TY-3 (3-wire method) 10x10x7 ‒20~+90 80

TP-2 10x10x6 ‒20~+60 100

Foil type

Type Dimensions(mm)

Operating tem-perature (°C)

Quantity(pairs/sheet)

TF-2SS 4.6x3.8x0.2 ‒196~+180 50TF-2S 6 x5.3x0.2 ‒196~+180 50TF-2MS 8 x7.2x0.2 ‒196~+180 50TF-2M 10x9.2x0.2 ‒196~+180 50TFY-2SS 4.6x3.8x0.8 ‒20~+120 50TFY-2S 6 x5.3x0.8 ‒20~+120 50TFY-2MS 8 x7.2x0.8 ‒20~+120 50TFY-2M 10x9.2x0.8 ‒20~+120 50TPF-2SS 4.6x3.8x0.2 ‒196~+200 50TPF-2S 6 x5.3x0.2 ‒196~+200 50TPF-2MS 8 x7.2x0.2 ‒196~+200 50TPF-2M 10x9.2x0.2 ‒196~+200 50TPFH-2SS 4.6x3.8x0.1 ‒269~+350 50TPFH-2S 6 x5.3x0.1 ‒269~+350 50TPFH-2MS 8 x7.2x0.1 ‒269~+350 50NB: TPFH series are heat-resistive connecting terminals

with polyimide resin backing to TPF. It allows high temperature measurement using QF/ZF series gauges and bonding repetition on the terminals.

TML Connecting Terminals provide convenient junction points to connect strain gauges to instrumentation leadwires.

T series is made of a cubic plastic and two or three wires of approximately 0.8mm diameter are fixed to the cube. TY is laminated with rubber sheet and suitable for large strain measurement. TP-2 is a self-bonding terminal with two wires. TF is made of a 0.03mm thick copper foil and a glass-epoxy insulation base of approx. 0.15mm thick. TFY is laminated with rubber sheet approx. 0.8mm thick over the back side of TF series terminals.

Cubic shape

Foil shape

TS-2 T-2 T-3 TYS-2 TY-2 TY-3

TP-2

TF-2SS TF-2S TF-2MS TF-2M

TFY-2SS TFY-2S TFY-2MS TFY-2M

for general purpose

Self-bonding type(No adhesive required)

for general purpose

for large strain with rubber backing

for large strain with rubber backing

High temperature use with polyimide resin backingTPF-2SS TPF-2S TPF-2MS TPF-2MTPFH-2SS TPFH-2S TPFH-2MS ‒

86

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

86

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

STRAIN GAUGE CLAMP

Applicable strain gauge

Gauge length of 6mm or less and backing dimension of φ15mm or less

Applicable adhesive CN/CN-R/CN-Y, P-2, NP-50B, EA-2A, EB-2Pressing method Magnetic method by permanent magnetObject to be bonded Flat surface of magnetic bodyDimensions φ29mm x Approx. 30mm height

PRESSEE is a pressing jig capable of not only pressurizing the strain gauge but also checking adhesion status from the clear pressing part with eyes. The use of PRESSEE saves time to keep pressing the strain gauge with your finger in the bonding work. In addition, since the PRESSEE can apply a constant pressure to the strain gauge, bonding quality is expected to be higher than a finger pressure.

Pressure area of φ19mm for flat specimen.

When bonding a strain gauge, a fixing pressure should be applied to the gauge until curing is completed. This can be easily done using TML Gauge Mate, which is a gauge clamp device consisting of a coil spring and a permanent magnet. For use on specimens of different shapes, two types are available. Model GMA-S is for flat specimens, and model GMR-S is for round specimens. Both can be used with room-temperature curing type bonding adhesives.

Gauge Mate GMR-S/GMA-S

Pressing jig PRESSEE PM-19

GMA-Sfor flat specimen of 1mm thick or more

GMR-Sfor round specimen of 6~32mm- dia.

87

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

STRAIN GAUGE ADHESIVES

STRAIN GAUGE ADHESIVES

• In general, curing time of an adhesive called "room tempe-rature curing type" is largely affected by environmental conditions such as temperature and humidity. Referring to the curing conditions described in the supplied operation manual, it is recommended to carry out a "test curing" on the site.

• A trace of water in the air is required to cure the CN adhesive (cyanoacrylate). Therefore the curing time is largely affected by humidity rather than temperature.

Type Contents Component Applicable specimen

Operatingtemperature

Curing temperature and time Shelf life Applications

CN Single componentRoom-temperature-curing

Single2g x 5 Cyanoacrylate Metal, Plastics

Composite ‒196~+120°CRoom temperature20sec.~1 min. (thumb pressure)

6 monthsSingle component adhesive for strain gauges. The time required to bond the gauge is extremely short and handling is very easy. The thin bonding layer allows adhesion to plastic objects as well as metal. Curing time under normal conditions is 20~60 seconds.

CN-E Single componentRoom-temperature-curing

Single2g x 5 Cyanoacrylate Concrete

Mortar, Wood ‒30~+120°C Room temp. 40sec.~2 min. (thumb pressure) 6 months

Single component adhesive featuring high viscosity for bonding strain gauges to porous materials such as concrete and mortar. Curing time under normal conditions is 40~120 seconds.

CN-R Single componentRoom-temperature-curing

Single2g x 5 Cyanoacrylate Metal, Plastics

Composite ‒30~+120°C Room temp. 10~30sec. (thumb pressure) 3 months

Single component adhesive for accelerating cures in lower ambient temperature, or lower relative humidity. Curing time under normal conditions is 10~30 seconds.

CN-Y Single componentRoom-temperature-curing

Single2g x 5 Cyanoacrylate Metal, Plastics

Composite ‒30~+80°CRoom temperature 60 sec.~2 min. (thumb pressure)

6 monthsSingle component adhesive designed exclusively for use on post-yield strain gauge. Offers minimum degradation in bonding performance (peel strength) due to aging. Suitable when a large strain measurement is made after a few days or more of bonding the strain gauge. Curing time under normal conditions is 60~120 seconds.

P-2Two-component Room-temperature-curingMixing ratio: 2~6%

A: 25g * B: 3g * Polyester Metal ‒30~+180°C

Room temperaturePressure 50~300kPa 2~3 hrs.

6 monthsTwo-component room-temperature-curing polyester adhesive for bonding PF, P and F series strain gauges. Put the necessary quantity of drug A in the supplied mixing vessel, then add drug B by drops to total 2~6% in weight of drug A. Use the mixed adhesive within 5~15 minutes.

RP-2Two-componen t Room-temperature-curingMixing ratio: 2~4%

A: 25g * B: 3g * Polyester Concrete

Mortar ‒30~+180°CRoom temperaturePressure 50~300kPa 2~3 hrs.

3 monthsTwo-component room-temperature-curing polyester adhesive for bonding PF and P series strain gauges. The mixing procedure is the same as above for P-2 adhesive. Put the necessary quantity of drug A in the supplied mixing vessel, then add drug B by drops to total 2~4% by weight of drug A. Use the mixed adhesive within 10~20 minutes.

PSTwo-component Room-temperature-curingMixing ratio: 2~4%

A: 25g * B: 3g * Polyester

ConcreteMortarWood

‒30~+100°C Room temperature2~3 hrs. 3 months

Two-component room-temperature-curing polyester adhesive. Use as a surface precoating agent for bonding P and PF series gauges to concrete and also as an adhesive for WFLM series gauges. The special filler contained exhibits alkali resistance and effectively shuts off moisture and gas from inside of the concrete. Its high viscosity enables use on vertical walls or ceilings. Put the necessary quantity of drug A in the supplied mixing vessel, then add drug B by drops to total 2~4% by weight of drug A.

NP-50BTwo-component Room-temperature-curingMixing ratio: 3~4%

A: 25g * B: 3g * Polyester Metal

Composite ‒30~+300°CRoom temperaturePressure 50~300kPa16 hrs.

6 monthsTwo-component room-temperature-curing polyester adhesive for bonding QF, ZF and BF series strain gauges. Put the necessary quantity of drug A into the supplied mixing vessel then add drug B by drops to total 3~4% by weight of drug A. Use the mixed adhesive within 5~20 minutes.

C-1 Single componentHeat-curing Single 25g * Phenol Metal ‒269~+200°C

Pre-curing at 130°C 1 hr., pressure 200~300kPa.Post-curing at 200°C 1 hr. without pressure

3 months

Single-component heat-curing type adhesive. For use on strain gauges that are suited to heat curing. Enables reliable measurement for long periods and in high temperature up to 200°C.

EA-2ATwo-component Room-temperature-curingMixing ratio: 2:1

A: 25g * B: 15g * Epoxy Metal, Concrete

Composite ‒269~+50°CPressure at 50~300kPa.Room temperature 1 day, or at 50°C 2 hrs.

3 monthsTwo-component room-temperature-curing epoxy adhesive for bonding CF series strain gauges for use in temperature from cryogenic (‒269°C) up to 50°C. Mix the necessary quantity of drugs A and B at the weight ratio of 2 to 1.

EB-2Two-component Room-temperature-curingMixing ratio: 10: 3

A: 10g x3B: 3g x3 Epoxy Metal

Composite ‒60~+200°C Room temperature 1 dayPressure 50~200kPa. 3 months

Two-component room-temperature-curing epoxy adhesive for bonding strain gauges for use in temperature from ‒60 to +200°C. Enables stable measurement for a long period of time. Mix the necessary quantity of drugs A and B at the weight ratio of 10 to 3.

A-2Two-componentHeat-curingMixing ratio: 10: 1

A: 25g *B: 5g * Epoxy Bolt ‒30~+100°C

Room temperature12 hrs.and 140°C 3 hrs.

3 monthsTwo-component heat-curing epoxy adhesive for bonding BTM strain gauges. Mix the necessary quantity of drugs A and B at the weight ratio of 10 to 1, then pour the mixed adhesive into a hole drilled on the bolt in which the gauge is inserted. Keep at room temperature for 12 hours, then cure at 140°C in furnace for 3 hours.

Point

NB: Shelf lifeEffective storing duration on condition that the adhesive is properly kept in a cool, dry and dark place such as a refrigerator (+5~+10°C, do not store in a freezer).

Thumb pressure 100~300kPa

For two-component adhesives, use the supplied mixing vessles. Mixing vessles: Polyethylene make 75mm-diameter, 10mm depth* : These contents are for outside Japan.

88

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Type Contents Component Applicable specimen

Operatingtemperature

Curing temperature and time Shelf life Applications

CN Single componentRoom-temperature-curing

Single2g x 5 Cyanoacrylate Metal, Plastics

Composite ‒196~+120°CRoom temperature20sec.~1 min. (thumb pressure)

6 monthsSingle component adhesive for strain gauges. The time required to bond the gauge is extremely short and handling is very easy. The thin bonding layer allows adhesion to plastic objects as well as metal. Curing time under normal conditions is 20~60 seconds.

CN-E Single componentRoom-temperature-curing

Single2g x 5 Cyanoacrylate Concrete

Mortar, Wood ‒30~+120°C Room temp. 40sec.~2 min. (thumb pressure) 6 months

Single component adhesive featuring high viscosity for bonding strain gauges to porous materials such as concrete and mortar. Curing time under normal conditions is 40~120 seconds.

CN-R Single componentRoom-temperature-curing

Single2g x 5 Cyanoacrylate Metal, Plastics

Composite ‒30~+120°C Room temp. 10~30sec. (thumb pressure) 3 months

Single component adhesive for accelerating cures in lower ambient temperature, or lower relative humidity. Curing time under normal conditions is 10~30 seconds.

CN-Y Single componentRoom-temperature-curing

Single2g x 5 Cyanoacrylate Metal, Plastics

Composite ‒30~+80°CRoom temperature 60 sec.~2 min. (thumb pressure)

6 monthsSingle component adhesive designed exclusively for use on post-yield strain gauge. Offers minimum degradation in bonding performance (peel strength) due to aging. Suitable when a large strain measurement is made after a few days or more of bonding the strain gauge. Curing time under normal conditions is 60~120 seconds.

P-2Two-component Room-temperature-curingMixing ratio: 2~6%

A: 25g * B: 3g * Polyester Metal ‒30~+180°C

Room temperaturePressure 50~300kPa 2~3 hrs.

6 monthsTwo-component room-temperature-curing polyester adhesive for bonding PF, P and F series strain gauges. Put the necessary quantity of drug A in the supplied mixing vessel, then add drug B by drops to total 2~6% in weight of drug A. Use the mixed adhesive within 5~15 minutes.

RP-2Two-componen t Room-temperature-curingMixing ratio: 2~4%

A: 25g * B: 3g * Polyester Concrete

Mortar ‒30~+180°CRoom temperaturePressure 50~300kPa 2~3 hrs.

3 monthsTwo-component room-temperature-curing polyester adhesive for bonding PF and P series strain gauges. The mixing procedure is the same as above for P-2 adhesive. Put the necessary quantity of drug A in the supplied mixing vessel, then add drug B by drops to total 2~4% by weight of drug A. Use the mixed adhesive within 10~20 minutes.

PSTwo-component Room-temperature-curingMixing ratio: 2~4%

A: 25g * B: 3g * Polyester

ConcreteMortarWood

‒30~+100°C Room temperature2~3 hrs. 3 months

Two-component room-temperature-curing polyester adhesive. Use as a surface precoating agent for bonding P and PF series gauges to concrete and also as an adhesive for WFLM series gauges. The special filler contained exhibits alkali resistance and effectively shuts off moisture and gas from inside of the concrete. Its high viscosity enables use on vertical walls or ceilings. Put the necessary quantity of drug A in the supplied mixing vessel, then add drug B by drops to total 2~4% by weight of drug A.

NP-50BTwo-component Room-temperature-curingMixing ratio: 3~4%

A: 25g * B: 3g * Polyester Metal

Composite ‒30~+300°CRoom temperaturePressure 50~300kPa16 hrs.

6 monthsTwo-component room-temperature-curing polyester adhesive for bonding QF, ZF and BF series strain gauges. Put the necessary quantity of drug A into the supplied mixing vessel then add drug B by drops to total 3~4% by weight of drug A. Use the mixed adhesive within 5~20 minutes.

C-1 Single componentHeat-curing Single 25g * Phenol Metal ‒269~+200°C

Pre-curing at 130°C 1 hr., pressure 200~300kPa.Post-curing at 200°C 1 hr. without pressure

3 months

Single-component heat-curing type adhesive. For use on strain gauges that are suited to heat curing. Enables reliable measurement for long periods and in high temperature up to 200°C.

EA-2ATwo-component Room-temperature-curingMixing ratio: 2:1

A: 25g * B: 15g * Epoxy Metal, Concrete

Composite ‒269~+50°CPressure at 50~300kPa.Room temperature 1 day, or at 50°C 2 hrs.

3 monthsTwo-component room-temperature-curing epoxy adhesive for bonding CF series strain gauges for use in temperature from cryogenic (‒269°C) up to 50°C. Mix the necessary quantity of drugs A and B at the weight ratio of 2 to 1.

EB-2Two-component Room-temperature-curingMixing ratio: 10: 3

A: 10g x3B: 3g x3 Epoxy Metal

Composite ‒60~+200°C Room temperature 1 dayPressure 50~200kPa. 3 months

Two-component room-temperature-curing epoxy adhesive for bonding strain gauges for use in temperature from ‒60 to +200°C. Enables stable measurement for a long period of time. Mix the necessary quantity of drugs A and B at the weight ratio of 10 to 3.

A-2Two-componentHeat-curingMixing ratio: 10: 1

A: 25g *B: 5g * Epoxy Bolt ‒30~+100°C

Room temperature12 hrs.and 140°C 3 hrs.

3 monthsTwo-component heat-curing epoxy adhesive for bonding BTM strain gauges. Mix the necessary quantity of drugs A and B at the weight ratio of 10 to 1, then pour the mixed adhesive into a hole drilled on the bolt in which the gauge is inserted. Keep at room temperature for 12 hours, then cure at 140°C in furnace for 3 hours.

SDS : Safety Data SheetTML supplies SDS for all its strain gauge adhesives and coatings. Contact your TML supplier for more information.

89

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

COATING MATERIALS

COATING MATERIALS Type Materials Color Contents Operating

temperature Curing conditions Purpose Applications

W-1 Microcrystalline wax solid Light yellow 500g 0~+50°C Hot melting +100~+120°C

Hardening in room temperature

Moisture- and water-proofing coating for laboratory and field requirements where mechanical protection is not needed, or used as the first coating for multi-layer coating.

The solid W-1 is put into a heating appratus (temperature-regulated oil bath is recommended) and completely melted at 100 to 120°C. The hot melted W-1 is applied over the area to be coated with a brush. The W-1 cools down and turns into solid as soon as applied. It is usually applied repeatedly till the cooled W-1 forms an adequate thickness.

N-1 Chloroprene rubber based solvent thinned Light yellow 25g * ‒30~+80°C Air-drying

A half day in room temperature

Moisture- and water-proofing coating for laboratory and less severe field requirements where mechanical protection is not needed.

A layer of N-1 is applied directly from the tube or with a brush over the area to be coated. Curing time is about half a day in room temperature, but it depends on conditions such as the specimen material, temperature, and so on. If the coating layer is too thin, apply on more layer to make an adequate thickness.

K-1 Special rubber based solvent thinned White 25g * ‒269~+60°C Air-drying

A half day in room temperature

Moisture-proofing coating from cryogenic to room temperature for laboratory requirements. Does not provide a high degree of mechanical protection.

A layer of K-1 is applied directly from the tube or with a brush over the area to be coated. Curing time is about half a day in room temperature, but it depends on conditions such as the specimen material, temperature, and so on. If the coating layer is too thin, apply on more layer to make an adequate thickness.

UE-1 Special rubber based solvent thinned Brown 25g * ‒40~+150°C Air-drying

A half day in room temperature

Oi l - res is tant coat ing for laboratory and f ie ld requirements. Does not provide a high degree of mechanical protection.

A layer of UE-1 is applied directly from the tube or with a brush over the area to be coated. Curing time is about half a day in room temperature, but it depends on conditions such as the specimen material, temperature, and so on. If the coating layer is too thin, apply another layer to make an adequate thickness.

SB tape Buthyl rubber White 10mm(wide)x3mm (thick)5m long/roll ‒30~+80°C Pressure sensitive

Moisture- and water-proofing coating for laboratory and field requirements where mechanical protection is not needed, or used as the first coating for multi-layer coating. Offers excellent moisture and water resistant characteristics and is very convenient for use.

The SB tape is cut in an appropriate length and applied over the area to be coated. The application is completed by pressing down the SB tape firmly with a spatula or your finger covered with the separating paper. It is also applied under the leadwire prior to the overcoating.

VM tape Buthyl rubber Black 38mm(wide) x1mm (thick)6m long/roll ‒20~+80°C Pressure sensitive

Used as the second coating or later for multi-layer coating. Offers excellent moisture and water resistant characteristics. Very convenient for use.

The VM tape is cut in an appropriate length and applied over the area to be coated with finger pressure. The VM tape must not be applied directly over a strain gauge as a first coating.

KE-348WSilicone rubber

White 100g‒50~+200°C Air-drying

A half day in room temperature

Suitable for laboratory requirements with high temperature condit ions where high degree of mechanical protection is not needed.

The KE-348 is applied directly from the tube over the area to be coated. Curing time is about one day in room temperature, but it depends on conditions such as temperature, humidity and so on. KE-348T Transparent 100g

TSE3976-B Silicone rubber Black 100g ‒50~+250°C Air-dryingOne day in room temperature

Suitable for laboratory requirements with high temperature condit ions where high degree of mechanical protection is not needed.

The TSE3976-B is applied directly from the tube over the area to be coated. Curing time is about one day in room temperature, but it depends on conditions such as temperature, humidity and so on.

The type of coating required and the application method differ depending on the environment in which the strain gauge is used. In general, if one type of coating is not sufficient, multiple coatings can be combined to protect the strain gauges. At TML, the coating applied directly to the surface

of the strain gauge is referred to as the first coating with subsequent coating layers referred to sequentially as the second coating, third coating, etc. Multi-layer coatings offer better strain gauge protection.

SDS : Safety Data SheetTML supplies SDS for all its strain gauge adhesives and coatings. Contact your TML supplier for more information.

Coatings in special substancesFor use in special substances such as acids, alkalis and alcohols, contact TML or your local representatives.

* : These contents are for outside Japan.

Single layer coating with one type of coating materials

Multi-layer coating with different types of coating materials

90

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Type Materials Color Contents Operatingtemperature Curing conditions Purpose Applications

W-1 Microcrystalline wax solid Light yellow 500g 0~+50°C Hot melting +100~+120°C

Hardening in room temperature

Moisture- and water-proofing coating for laboratory and field requirements where mechanical protection is not needed, or used as the first coating for multi-layer coating.

The solid W-1 is put into a heating appratus (temperature-regulated oil bath is recommended) and completely melted at 100 to 120°C. The hot melted W-1 is applied over the area to be coated with a brush. The W-1 cools down and turns into solid as soon as applied. It is usually applied repeatedly till the cooled W-1 forms an adequate thickness.

N-1 Chloroprene rubber based solvent thinned Light yellow 25g * ‒30~+80°C Air-drying

A half day in room temperature

Moisture- and water-proofing coating for laboratory and less severe field requirements where mechanical protection is not needed.

A layer of N-1 is applied directly from the tube or with a brush over the area to be coated. Curing time is about half a day in room temperature, but it depends on conditions such as the specimen material, temperature, and so on. If the coating layer is too thin, apply on more layer to make an adequate thickness.

K-1 Special rubber based solvent thinned White 25g * ‒269~+60°C Air-drying

A half day in room temperature

Moisture-proofing coating from cryogenic to room temperature for laboratory requirements. Does not provide a high degree of mechanical protection.

A layer of K-1 is applied directly from the tube or with a brush over the area to be coated. Curing time is about half a day in room temperature, but it depends on conditions such as the specimen material, temperature, and so on. If the coating layer is too thin, apply on more layer to make an adequate thickness.

UE-1 Special rubber based solvent thinned Brown 25g * ‒40~+150°C Air-drying

A half day in room temperature

Oi l - res is tant coat ing for laboratory and f ie ld requirements. Does not provide a high degree of mechanical protection.

A layer of UE-1 is applied directly from the tube or with a brush over the area to be coated. Curing time is about half a day in room temperature, but it depends on conditions such as the specimen material, temperature, and so on. If the coating layer is too thin, apply another layer to make an adequate thickness.

SB tape Buthyl rubber White 10mm(wide)x3mm (thick)5m long/roll ‒30~+80°C Pressure sensitive

Moisture- and water-proofing coating for laboratory and field requirements where mechanical protection is not needed, or used as the first coating for multi-layer coating. Offers excellent moisture and water resistant characteristics and is very convenient for use.

The SB tape is cut in an appropriate length and applied over the area to be coated. The application is completed by pressing down the SB tape firmly with a spatula or your finger covered with the separating paper. It is also applied under the leadwire prior to the overcoating.

VM tape Buthyl rubber Black 38mm(wide) x1mm (thick)6m long/roll ‒20~+80°C Pressure sensitive

Used as the second coating or later for multi-layer coating. Offers excellent moisture and water resistant characteristics. Very convenient for use.

The VM tape is cut in an appropriate length and applied over the area to be coated with finger pressure. The VM tape must not be applied directly over a strain gauge as a first coating.

KE-348WSilicone rubber

White 100g‒50~+200°C Air-drying

A half day in room temperature

Suitable for laboratory requirements with high temperature condit ions where high degree of mechanical protection is not needed.

The KE-348 is applied directly from the tube over the area to be coated. Curing time is about one day in room temperature, but it depends on conditions such as temperature, humidity and so on. KE-348T Transparent 100g

TSE3976-B Silicone rubber Black 100g ‒50~+250°C Air-dryingOne day in room temperature

Suitable for laboratory requirements with high temperature condit ions where high degree of mechanical protection is not needed.

The TSE3976-B is applied directly from the tube over the area to be coated. Curing time is about one day in room temperature, but it depends on conditions such as temperature, humidity and so on.

91

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

GAUGE PROTECTOR

COATING TAPE for reinforcing bar

This rubber protector is designed to protect gauges which are bonded onto metal surface from the environment for long-term measurement. The strain gauge is packed inside together with the applied adhesive and overcoating materials. The protector is also provided with a hole for cable intake. It allows the entire area to be isolated from ambient conditions which may affect reliable measurement, and enhances the coating performance.

SpecifictionsDimensions Frame: φ100mm (Inner φ92mm)

x 15mm (Height)Cover: φ100mm x 3mm (Thick)

Operating temperature ‒20 ~ +80°CExtension cable φ9mm cable recommendable

This tape is specially designed for use as a waterproof coating for stain gauges bonded onto reinforcing bars or other cylindrical surfaces. Coating is achieved by simply taping it onto the surface to save considerable time in comparison with coventional procedures. (A heat gun is required for application.)

Specifications Operating temperature: ‒20~+80°C

Type Applicable re-inforcing bar

Qty. per box

Strain gauges

Size finish (example)Reinforcing

barDia. x Width

(mm)CT-D04 D4 10 FLK-2-11 D4 φ10x21

CT-D06 D6 10 FLK-2-11 D6 φ12x21

CT-D10 D10 10 FLK-2-11 D10 φ15x21

CT-D13 D13 10 FLA-3-11 D13 φ19x26

CT-D16 D16 10 FLA-3-11 D16 φ21x26

CT-D25 D19~D25 10 FLA-3-11 D25 φ31x31

CT-D35 D29~D35 10 FLA-3-11 D32 φ37x35

Protector cover

Sealing

9mm-dia. extensioncable

Strain gauge bonded 1st overcoating layer

with W-1

2nd overcoating layerwith SB tape

Tape anchor

Cable bed

Coating tape

Reinforcing bar

Strain gauge

Extension leadwire

Protectorframe

Heat shrinkable tape

92

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Installation image

Specifications

Dimensions

This transducer measures axial strain of steering tie-rod of a car and consists of two types FGAH-1B-R and FGAH-1B-H for which a cross section of the rod is round shape or hexagon's. It is also suited to measure axial strain of a tension rod used in aseismic reinforcement structure or in steel frame structure. Since frictional strain gauges are used in this transducer, installation is completed and it gets ready for measurement by merely pinching the rod with the transducer, without detaching the rod. There is no need of technical skill and complicated works for attaching strain gauges on the rod.

Applicable not only for tie-rod of motor cars but also for tension rod of architectural structures• Easily installed by just clamping-on without detaching

the existing tie-rod• Tensile force management of rod between sheet piles

or in architectural structures is easily achieved – The transducer can be used repeatedly

• Applicable rod: FGAH-1B-R : Diameter is 10 to 25mm FGAH-1B-H : Width cross flats 10 to 25mm (Optional spacers are required)

• Small and light construction which allows installation in a narrow space

Type FGAH-1B-R FGAH-1B-H

Applicable shaft Round shapeφ 10 ~ 25mm

Hexagon shapeWidth across flats 10~ 25mm

Capacity ±1000×10-6 strainRated output Approx. 2600×10-6 strainNon-linearity 1%ROAllowable temperature range -30 ~ +60°C (no dew condensation)

Frequency response Approx. 6.5kHzInput/output resistance 1000Ω±3%Dimensions Approx. φ 52x35mmWeight Approx.55g(excluding spacers and cable)Protection rating Equivalent to IP51Recommended excitingvoltage 2V

A l l o w a b l e e x c i t i n g voltage 5V

Input/output cable φ3.2mm 0.08mm² 4-core shielded vinylcable 5m

Shaft (Rod) φ10 ~ 25mm adjustble by 0.1mm step

SpacersFixing bracket

Turnbuckle part

Installation on tension rod of a seismic reinforcement structure

Frictional Axial Strain Transducer FGAH-1B

Unit : mm

NB:• Frictional strain gauges are consumable parts.

Applicable type of frictional strain gauges is CBFC-2 (option).

auto

Spacers

Width across flats10~25mm adjustableby 0.1mm step

Fixing screw

FGAH-1B-R

FGAH-1B-H

Installation on steering tie-rod of a car

93

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Torque sensor system measures torque on the drive shaft of a car. Frictional strain gauges are used as sensing elements, and the installation is completed by clamping the torque sensor system onto an existing shaft and securing it with a screw. There is no need of detaching the shaft, bonding, nor wiring strain gauges for the installation. The system is applicable to shafts having a diameter of 20mm to 30mm using spacers together, which are available as options. A digital telemetry transmitter is built in the sensor, and measured data are transmitted to an exclusive receiver DT-041R-1 by wireless and output as analog signals. For wireless transmission, 315MHz band extremely low power radio wave is used.

Features• Easily installed by just clamping-on without detaching

the drive shaft• No bonding is required because frictional strain

gauges are used• Wireless transmission of measured data – no wiring is

required• Noise resistant measurement by the use of digital

telemetry system• Applicable shaft diameter is 20 to 30mm (optional

spacers are required)• Battery is rechargeable with the sensor installed on

the shaft

ONOFF

Power switchwith LED

φ52

50

SpacersFixing bracket

Charge terminal cover retainer

Frictionalstrain gauges

Transmittingantenna

Spacer FGDHF-41-X

Fixing bracket

Power switchwith LED

Frictional strain gaugeCBFTC-2

Spacers FGDHF-41-X(X shows the thickness of spacer)FGDH-2A is applicable to shaft diameter of Φ20.0 ~30.0mm by replacing the spacers. The spacer is available in every 0.1mm step.

USB connector for charge

Name of each part

Dimensions

Type FGDH-2AApplicable shaft diameter φ20.0 ~ 30.0mm

Capacity Depends on the diameter (outer/inner) and material of the shaft

Output

Depends on the diameter (outer/inner) and mateiral of the shaftHowever, within ±16000x10‒6 strain including initial unbalance of ±2000x10‒6 strain

Non-linearity 1%ROAllowable temperature ‒20 ~ +60°C (no dew condensation)Sampling frequency 10kHzFrequency response Approx. 1.1kHzCarrier frequency 315 ~ 321MHzNumber of wireless channels 4Dimensions φ52 x 50mmWeight Approx. 85g (excluding spacer)Protection rating Equivalent to IP51Continuous operating time Approx. 8 hours (23±5°C)Power source Lithium secondary batteryAccessory USB chargerNB:• FGDH-2A uses 315MHz band extremely low power radio wave for wireless

transmission.• This system is not approved for use outside Japan.• Frictional strain gauges are consumable parts.

Applicable type of frictional strain gauge is CBFTC-2 (option).• A torque driver is required for installation of FGDH-2A.

Multi-recorder TMR-200Dynamic strain recorderDC-204RRecorder commercially available

Torque sensor System FGDH-2A (with built-in telemetry transmitter) Telemetry receiver

DT-041R-1An external antenna is required for the DT-041R-1.

Measuring system

Specifications

Unit : mm

autoFrictional Torque Sensor System FGDH-2A

94

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Torque Sensor System measures torque on the drive shaft of a car. Frictional strain gauges are used as sensing elements, and installation is completed by clamping the torque sensor system onto an existing shaft and securing it with a screw. There is no need of detaching the shaft, bonding nor wiring strain gauges for installation. The system is applicable to shafts having diameter of 20mm to 30mm using spacers together, which are available as options. A digital telemetry transmitter is built in the sensor, and measured data are transmitted to an exclusive receiver DT-182R by wireless and output as analog signals. For wireless transmission, 2.4GHz band advanced low power data communication system is used.

Features• Easily installed by just clamping-on without detaching the

drive shaft• No bonding is required because frictional strain gauges

are used• Wireless transmission of measured data – no wiring is

required • Globally standardized 2.4GHz band data communication

system is used for noise resistant digital transmission• Applicable shaft diameter is 20 to 30mm (optional spacers

are required)• Battery is rechargeable with the FGDH installed on the

shaft• Power saving function provided

SpacersFixing bracket

Charge terminal cover retainer

Power switchwith LED

φ52

50

Dimensions

Type FGDH-3AApplicable shaft diameter φ20.0 ~ 30.0mm

Capacity Depends on the diameter (outer/inner) and material of the shaft

Output

Depends on the diameter (outer/inner) and mateiral of the shaftHowever, within ±16000x10‒6 strain including initial unbalance of ±2000x10‒6 strain

Non-linearity 1%ROAllowable temperature ‒20 ~ +60°C (no dew condensation)Sampling frequency 5kHzFrequency response 1kHz

Wireless specifications Conforms to 2.4GHz band advanced low power data communication system

Number of wireless channels 16Dimensions φ52 x 50mmWeight Approx. 85g (excluding spacer)Protection rating Equivalent to IP51Continuous operating time Approx. 6 hours (23±5°C)Power source Lithium secondary batteryAccessory USB charger

Specifications (Toque transducer)

NB:• This system is approved for use in Japan, People’s Republic of China, and

EU. Please contact us for other countries.• Frictional strain gauges are consumable parts.

Applicable type of frictional strain gauge is CBFTC-2-005CT. (option).• A torque driver is required for the installation of FGDH-3A

Specifications (Receiver) Type DT-182R

[ Wireless part ]Number of receptions 1

Wireless specifications Conforms to 2.4GHz band advanced low power data communication system

Number of wireless channels 16 channels (Set by wave channel switch)Antenna connecting terminal SMA connector[ Volage output part ]

Number of voltage outputs 1 of either received strain value or transmitter battery voltage (BNC)

Strain measurement ±5V FS (at ±16000x10‒6 strain input, 5kΩ load)

Transmitter battery voltage measurement +1.3 ~ +3.9V (5kΩ load)

Voltage output accuracy ±0.5%FS (Entire system)Stability on zero ±0.55mV/°C (Entire system)Stability on sensitivity ±0.05% FS/°C (Entire system)SN ratio 47dBCalibration output level ±5VLow-pass filter 100Hz, 500Hz, PASS(1kHz)(‒3dB±1dB)Balancing range ±6000x10‒6 strainBalancing accuracy ±5mV

Display/OperationLED for output level, Low-pass filter selection switch, Calibration output selection switch, Balancing switch

[ General Specifications ]Power source voltage DC9~16V

Current consumption 80mA Max. (when DC12V is supplied at +23°C ±5°C)

Connector HOSHIDEN HEC3800 (Compatible plug : φ5.5x3.3 PIN φ1mm)

Operating environment 0 ~ +50°C, 85%RH or less (no dew condensation)

External dimensions 48(W) x 23.5(H) x 100(D) mm (except projecting parts)

Weight Approx. 140g

Standard accessoryBNC coaxial cable (CR-31)DC power cable (CR-062)Receiving antenna (AA2402RSPU)

NB: Coaxial cable for the extension of receiving antenna is required. C3RSPJ-EXT-1M (1m long), C3RSPJ-EXT-3M (3m long), C3RSPJ-EXT- 5M(5m long)

Unit : mm

Frictionalstrain gauges

autoFrictional Torque Sensor System FGDH-3A

95

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

The Strain checker FGMH series measures strain using frictional force working on the contact surface of the frictional strain gauge by pressing the gauge against the structure with magnetic force. Unlike bondable strain gauges, surface preparation and bonding works are not required for this gauge, thus the works required for strain measurement are largely reduced. In combined use with a handheld type strainmeter, the strain checker can easily measure strains on steel materials such as bridges by changing measurement point one after another. It is the most suited to preparatory measurements before starting a long term measurement.In the FGMH series, three types are available. They are FGMH-1B and FGMH-2A both for single axis measurement and FGMH-3A for 0°/45°/90° three-axis measurement.

upper paints

strain

pressing

lower paints

frictional force

Frictional strain gauges

No bonding is required for strain measure-ment on steel

Easy mounting and detaching by lever operation Paint removal, grinding, bonding and curing are not necessary Can be used repeatedly Strain measurement in three directions (FGMH-3A)

The FGMH-1B is a strain checker constructed small and light. The frictional strain gauge is set to on, off and replacing position by the operation of lever, thus allowing easy handling of the strain checker. The frictional strain gauge is a consumable part. If it is stained, deteriorated or damaged, replace it with a new one.Option: Applicable frictional strain gauge CBF-6-01LOP

The FGMH-2A is a strain checker especially designed for measurement on a small area such as the vicinity of a welded part. It can be easily attached to and detached from measurement object by the operation of magnet lever. In addition, a lever is provided on the upper part to slightly lift the frictional strain gauge from the measurement surface by pushing the lever downward. It enables easy adjustment of the direction of the strain gauge. The frictional strain gauge is a consumable part. If it is stained, deteriorated or damaged, replace it with a new one.Option: Applicable frictional strain gauge CBF-3-004LOP

The FGMH-3A is a strain checker for three-axis measurement in 0°/45°/90°. Principal stress (principal strain) and its direction can be found by applying rosette analysis calculation to the measured strain values in three directions. It is applicable to measurement in the vicinity of weld bead like as the FGMH-2A. Also similarly as the FGMH-2A, it can be easily attached to and detached from a measurement object by the operation of magnet lever. Another lever is provided for easy adjustment of the direction of the strain gauge.The frictional strain gauge is a consumable part.If it is stained, deteriorated or damaged, replace it with a new one.Option: Applicable frictional strain gauge CBFR-3-006LOP

Lever

FGMH-1B

FGMH-1B

Magnet

Magnet

Magnet

Handheld Data Logger TC-32K

Magnet lever

Lever

FGMH-2A

FGMH-3A

Single axis measurement FGMH-1B/FGMH-2A

Three-axis measurement 0º/45º/90º FGMH-3A

Magnetlever

Lever

Frictional Strain Checker FGMH series

96

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Application examples Preparatory measurement of bridge which will undergo a long term measurement Investigation of neutral axis position of composite girder bridge Stress direction of structural member of bridge on which fatigue crack is initiated Stress measurement of newly built bridge where paint removal is not available.

Type FGMH-1B FGMH-2A FGMH-3ANumber of axes Single axis Three-axisGauge length 6mm 3mmOperating temperature 0 ~+60ºCCompensated tempe-rature range 0 ~+60ºC

Objective material Metal, Steel (Coefficient of thermal expansion 11ppm/ºC)Input/Output resistance 120ΩGauge factor Approx. 2Measurement mode Full bridgeInput/Output cable ‒ φ3mm 0.05mm² 4-core shielded chloroprene cable of 2m

NDIS 7-pin plug attachedSupplied cable Leadwire with bridge circuit board

2m, NDIS 7-pin plug attached ‒

Weight (excluding cable) Approx. 60g Approx. 260gNote:• The strain checker is installed on a measurement object by magnetic force. It is not applicable to measurement on non-

magnetic materials.• The strain checker is not applicable to the use on a curved or uneven surface.• If the vicinity of the strain checker is hit strongly with a hammer or equivalent, a shift in the measured value may be caused.• Correct measurement may not be possilble by the strain checker on a machine or structure experiencing strong vibration.• For more precise measurement, it is recommended to remove the paint and to bond an ordinary strain gauge on the base

metal surface.

Specifications

OFF

ON

Input/Output cable

*: Where the gauge backing surface is in parallel with the magnet base. (FGMH-2A, FGMH-3A)

30 approx.80

8

8

18φ34

8 8

1812

25*

1812

308 8

1025*

Input/Output cable

appr

ox.7

0

appr

ox.7

0

approx.80

Input/Out-put cable

Gaugebacking surface

Gaugebacking surface

FGMH-2A (Single axis)

FGMH-1B (Single axis)

FGMH-3A (0º/45º/90º Three-axis)

Dimensions

Magnet baseMagnet base

Unit : mm

Magnet lever

Lever

Magnet lever

Lever

Lever

Strain measurement in a narrow areaStress concentration is caused in the vicinity of weld bead, which is deposit of welded materials along the welding pass. The strain checker FGMH-2A/FGMH-3A is capable of strain measurement in a narrow area such as the vicinity of weld bead because it is easily attached and detached by ON/OFF operation of the magnet lever. Strain in three directions can be measured simultaneously by the use of FGMH-3A.

97

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

TML Strain measuring instruments

• Highly accurate measurement in wide measurement range is achieved owing to the use of A/D converter with high accuracy and resolution and auto-ranging function

• TDS-630 with extremely high speed measurement capability and versatile functions

• TDS-540 with excel lent adaptabi l i ty for various usage conditions

• TDS-150 for on-site measurement of comparatively small scale• TC-32K of handheld design for simple measurement and

checking• Input is selectable arbitrarily among strain, voltage, thermo-

couple and PtRTD for each channel• External switching boxes are available for each data loggerSoftware TDS-7130V2 for TDS-630, TDS-540 and TDS-150• Data analysis using various calculation functions• Visually appealing measurement possible using various monitor

graphs and numerical monitor displays• Other graph data are easily overlaid and quick data reduction is

enabled• Alarm setting possible for each measured value and calculation

result Software TDS-700L for TDS-540, TDS-150 and TC-32K• Direct saving of measured data into Excel worksheet• Simple and quick operation from measurement to data

processing possible utilizing Excel functions • Number of measurement channels is 200 at the maximum

TML Data logger series Data loggers of high accuracy and stability developed through many years of experience

Data Logger TDS-630 TDS-540 TDS-150 TC-32KNumber of channels of Built-in Switching Box 30 ch. 30 ch. - 1 ch.

Number of channels 1000 ch. 1000 ch. 50 ch. 5 ch.Compatible Switching Box IHW-50H/IHW-50G IHW-50G/ISW-50G FSW-10/FSW-10L CSW-5B/-5B-05Number of channels 50 ch. 50 ch. 10 ch. 5 ch.Scanning Time IHW-50H

0.1 s/1000 channelsIHW-50G 0.4 s/1000 channels

IHW-50G 0.4 s/1000 channelsISW-50G 2 s/1000 channels

4 s/50 channels 0.4 s/5 channels

Interface LAN/USB/RS-232C USB/RS-232CStrain MeasurementResolution High resolution mode

(1, 2, 4, 8 or 16)×10-6 strain(0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8 or 1.6)×10-6 strainDepending on measured value

(1 or 10)×10-6 strain-Depending on measured value

Measuring Range High resolution mode

640000×10-6 strain64000.0×10-6 strain

300000×10-6 strain-

DC Voltage MeasurementResolution V1/100 range V1/1 range

(0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8 or 1.6) mV(1, 2, 4, 8 or 16) μV

Depending on measured value

(0.1 or 1) mV(1 or 10) μV

Depending on measured valueMeasuring Range V1/100 range V1/1 range

64 V640 mV

30V300mV

Applicable thermocouple T, K, J, B, S, R, E, NApplicable Pt-RTD Pt 100 3-wire

Power supply AC 100~240 V 50/60 HzDC 9~18 V

D battery 4pcs. AA battery 4pcs.

Applicable SoftwareTDS-7130v2 -

- TDS-700L

98

Developing Strain Gauges and Instruments

Small yet versatile and multi-inputsMulti-Recorder TMR-200 Series

Strain Full bridge unit TMR-221

Strain 1G2G4G unit TMR-222

Voltage/Thermocouple unit TMR-231

Voltage Output unit TMR-241

Telemetry I/F unit TMR-252

CAN/VOICE unit TMR-251

Digital I/O unit TMR-253

Charge amplifier unit TMR-261Carrier type Strain unit TMR-223

Measuring units

This is a multi-functional data acquisition system capable of inputting various sensors. It is suited to vehicle onboard measurement with its small and vibration-tolerant construction. It is also equipped with functions of data recovery against power source interruption and measurement restart after the recovery. A long term measurement is possible by using a large capacity CF card. Furthermore, real time histogram analysis is possible by adding the optional histogram analysis library.

Histogram recording in applications

TMR-200

Stress amplitude

Vibration and impact levels of running freight container

Fatig

ue d

amag

e

It is well known that the majority of structures involve parts subjected to cyclic loads, resulting in structural failure, and such failure includes a correlation between stress and cycles. A random stresses usually take place in structural par ts of vehicles, machinary and architecture. Understanding of failure mechanism due to such stresses as above is very important. For cyclic stresses in random, fatigue failure is typically characterized with the processed stress amplitude and its cycles by the Rain-flow counting method.

Frequency analysis TMR-7630HIndication of various graphs such as monitor graphs in wave-forms, numerical values and X-Y, history graphs, spectrums and histograms. Automatic measurement and data acquisition using interval, data trigger external trigger, free run, data comparator, and programHistgoram analysis: Peak/Valley, MAX/MIN, AMP, TIME, LEVEL, Rain Flow

Number of channels : 80Sampling speed : Max 100kHzRecording media : CF card (Max.32GB)Interface : LAN, USB

Fatigue life prediction

By installing the TMR-211-01 software in the control unit TMR-211, the function of a histogram recorder can be added to the TMR-200 system.

OPTIONHistogram analysis library TMR-211-01

Multi-Channel dynamic data acquisition system with DS-50A A low cost measurement system mainly targeted on strain gauges

• 50 measurement channels for one set of DS-50A • Simultaneous sampling of 1 millisecond possible when one set is used• Direct connection of 120Ω or 350Ω strain gauge in quarter bridge• Numerical, statistical and trigonometric calculation and rectangular

rosette analysis• Peak values of up to 20 points are displayed in the spectral chart• Magnitude and direction of the force obtained by rectangular rosette

analysis are displayed as a vector • Cutting out, thinning and combining of the data are possible for

processing after the measurement• Overlapping of T-Y, X-Y and spectral chart on other data is possible

Number of channels Maximum 50 channelsStrain, Voltage and Thermocouple units can be mixed. 10 channels / 1 unit

Synchronization Maximum 20 sets (1,000 channels)Sampling speed 1~10,000 ms (Settable by 1 ms).

1 ms is added to sampling speed per additional connection of 1 set

Interface LAN (100 BASE-TX)Strain unit Gauge resistance Quarter bridge 3-wire 120Ω, 350Ω

Half bridge 120~1000Ω, Full bridge 120~1000ΩFrequency response DC 100HzVoltage unit Input format Single end (unbalanced)Measuring range ±20VFrequency response DC 100HzThermocouple unitMeasuring range T:-250~ +400°C K:-210 ~ +1370°C J:-200~ +1200°C Frequency response DC~10Hz

8-2, Minami-Ohi 6-Chome, Shinagawa-Ku, Tokyo 140-8560, JAPANTEL: +81-3-3763-5614 FAX: +81-3-3763-5713email address: [email protected]

Recommended